]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Detect tarbombs while extracting
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2612 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2613
2614 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2615 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2618 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2619
2620 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2621 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2622 exclude-tag-under}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2625 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2628 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2631 @item --exclude-vcs
2632
2633 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2634 widely used version control systems.
2635
2636 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2637
2638 @opsummary{file}
2639 @item --file=@var{archive}
2640 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2641
2642 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2643 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2644 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2645
2646 @opsummary{files-from}
2647 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2648 @itemx -T @var{file}
2649
2650 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2651 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2652 command-line. @xref{files}.
2653
2654 @opsummary{force-local}
2655 @item --force-local
2656
2657 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2658 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2659 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2660
2661 @opsummary{format}
2662 @item --format=@var{format}
2663 @itemx -H @var{format}
2664
2665 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2666 following:
2667
2668 @table @samp
2669 @item v7
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2671
2672 @item oldgnu
2673 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2674 1.12 or earlier.
2675
2676 @item gnu
2677 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2678 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2679 numeric fields.
2680
2681 @item ustar
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2683
2684 @item posix
2685 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2686
2687 @end table
2688
2689 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2690
2691 @opsummary{full-time}
2692 @item --full-time
2693 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2694 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2695 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2696 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2697 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2698 or extracting archives:
2699
2700 @smallexample
2701 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2702 @end smallexample
2703
2704 @noindent
2705 or, when creating an archive:
2706
2707 @smallexample
2708 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2709 @end smallexample
2710
2711 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2712 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2713 tutorial}).
2714
2715 @opsummary{group}
2716 @item --group=@var{group}
2717
2718 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2719 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2720 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2721 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2722
2723 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2724
2725 @opsummary{gzip}
2726 @opsummary{gunzip}
2727 @opsummary{ungzip}
2728 @item --gzip
2729 @itemx --gunzip
2730 @itemx --ungzip
2731 @itemx -z
2732
2733 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2734 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2735 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2736
2737 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2738 @item --hard-dereference
2739 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2740 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2741
2742 @xref{hard links}.
2743
2744 @opsummary{help}
2745 @item --help
2746 @itemx -?
2747
2748 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2749 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2750
2751 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2752 @item --ignore-case
2753 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2754 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2755
2756 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2757 @item --ignore-command-error
2758 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2759
2760 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2761 @item --ignore-failed-read
2762
2763 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2764 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2767 @item --ignore-zeros
2768 @itemx -i
2769
2770 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2771 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{incremental}
2774 @item --incremental
2775 @itemx -G
2776
2777 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2778 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2779 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2780 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2781
2782 @opsummary{index-file}
2783 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2784
2785 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2786
2787 @opsummary{info-script}
2788 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2789 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2790 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2791 @itemx -F @var{command}
2792
2793 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2794 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2795 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2796 discussion of this feature.
2797
2798 @opsummary{interactive}
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @xref{interactive}.
2806
2807 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2808 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2809
2810 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2811 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2812 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2813 proceed extracting the directory.
2814
2815 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2816 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2817 from the archive.
2818
2819 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2820 installation scripts.
2821
2822 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2823 @item --keep-newer-files
2824
2825 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2826 when extracting files from an archive.
2827
2828 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2829 @item --keep-old-files
2830 @itemx -k
2831
2832 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2833 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2834 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2835
2836 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2837
2838 @opsummary{label}
2839 @item --label=@var{name}
2840 @itemx -V @var{name}
2841
2842 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2843 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2844 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2845 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2846
2847 @opsummary{level}
2848 @item --level=@var{n}
2849 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2850 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2851 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2852 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2853
2854 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2855 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2856 for a detailed description.
2857
2858 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2859 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2860 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2861
2862 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2863 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2864 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2865 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2866 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2867
2868 @opsummary{lzip}
2869 @item --lzip
2870
2871 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2872 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2873
2874 @opsummary{lzma}
2875 @item --lzma
2876
2877 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2878 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2879
2880 @item --lzop
2881
2882 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2883 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2884
2885 @opsummary{mode}
2886 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2887
2888 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2889 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2890 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2891 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2892 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2893
2894 @opsummary{mtime}
2895 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2896
2897 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2898 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2899 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2900 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2901 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2902 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2903
2904 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2905 @item --multi-volume
2906 @itemx -M
2907
2908 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2909 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2910
2911 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2912 @item --new-volume-script
2913
2914 (see @option{--info-script})
2915
2916 @opsummary{newer}
2917 @item --newer=@var{date}
2918 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2919 @itemx -N
2920
2921 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2922 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2923 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2924 the date. @xref{after}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2927 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2928
2929 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2930 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2931 also back up files for which any status information has
2932 changed). @xref{after}.
2933
2934 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2935 @item --no-anchored
2936 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2937 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2938
2939 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2940 @item --no-auto-compress
2941
2942 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2943 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2944
2945 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2946 @item --no-check-device
2947 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2948 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2949 a detailed description.
2950
2951 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2952 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2953
2954 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2955 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2956 extracted. This is the default.
2957 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2958
2959 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2960 @item --no-ignore-case
2961 Use case-sensitive matching.
2962 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2963
2964 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2965 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2966 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2967 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2968
2969 @opsummary{no-null}
2970 @item --no-null
2971
2972 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2973 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2974 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2975
2976 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2977 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2978
2979 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2980 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2981
2982 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2983 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2984 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2985 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2986 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2987
2988 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2989 @item --no-recursion
2990
2991 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2992 @xref{recurse}.
2993
2994 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2995 @item --no-same-owner
2996 @itemx -o
2997
2998 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2999 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3000 for ordinary users.
3001
3002 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3003 @item --no-same-permissions
3004
3005 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3006 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3007 for ordinary users.
3008
3009 @opsummary{no-seek}
3010 @item --no-seek
3011
3012 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3013 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3014 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3015 mechanism.
3016
3017 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3018 @item --no-unquote
3019 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3020 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3021
3022 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3023 @item --no-wildcards
3024 Do not use wildcards.
3025 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3026
3027 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3028 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3029 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3030 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3031
3032 @opsummary{null}
3033 @item --null
3034
3035 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3036 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3037 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3038 @xref{nul}.
3039
3040 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3041 @item --numeric-owner
3042
3043 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3044 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3045 @xref{Attributes}.
3046
3047 @item -o
3048 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3049 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3050 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3051 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3052
3053 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3054 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3055 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3056 removed in future releases.
3057
3058 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3059
3060 @opsummary{occurrence}
3061 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3062
3063 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3064 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3065 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3066 line or via @option{-T} option.
3067
3068 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3069 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3070
3071 @smallexample
3072 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3073 @end smallexample
3074
3075 @noindent
3076 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3077 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3078
3079 @opsummary{old-archive}
3080 @item --old-archive
3081 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3082
3083 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3084 @item --one-file-system
3085 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3086 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3087 directory.
3088
3089 @opsummary{one-top-level}
3090 @item --one-top-level
3091 Tells @command{tar} to create a new directory beneath the extraction directory
3092 (or the one passed to @option{-C}) and use it to guard against tarbombs. The
3093 name of the new directory will be equal to the name of the archive with the
3094 extension stripped off. If any archive names (after transformations from
3095 @option{--transform} and @option{--strip-components}) do not already begin with
3096 it, the new directory will be prepended to the names immediately before
3097 extraction. Recognized extensions are @samp{.tar}, @samp{.taz}, @samp{.tbz},
3098 @samp{.tb2}, @samp{.tgz}, @samp{.tlz} and @samp{.txz}.
3099
3100 @opsummary{overwrite}
3101 @item --overwrite
3102
3103 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3104 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3105
3106 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3107 @item --overwrite-dir
3108
3109 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3110 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3111
3112 @opsummary{owner}
3113 @item --owner=@var{user}
3114
3115 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3116 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3117 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3118 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3119 @xref{override}.
3120
3121 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3122
3123 @opsummary{pax-option}
3124 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3125 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3126 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3127 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3128 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3129 discussion.
3130
3131 @opsummary{portability}
3132 @item --portability
3133 @itemx --old-archive
3134 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3135
3136 @opsummary{posix}
3137 @item --posix
3138 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3139
3140 @opsummary{preserve}
3141 @item --preserve
3142
3143 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3144 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3145
3146 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3147 @item --preserve-order
3148
3149 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3150
3151 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3152 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3153 @item --preserve-permissions
3154 @itemx --same-permissions
3155 @itemx -p
3156
3157 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3158 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3159 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3160 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3161 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3162
3163 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3164 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3165 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3166 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3167
3168 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3169 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3170 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3171 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3172 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3173 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3174 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3175 package.
3176
3177 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3178 @item --read-full-records
3179 @itemx -B
3180
3181 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3182 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3183
3184 @opsummary{record-size}
3185 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3186
3187 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3188 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3189 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3190 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3191 description of this option.
3192
3193 @opsummary{recursion}
3194 @item --recursion
3195
3196 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3197 @xref{recurse}.
3198
3199 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3200 @item --recursive-unlink
3201
3202 Remove existing
3203 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3204 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3205
3206 @opsummary{remove-files}
3207 @item --remove-files
3208
3209 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3210 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3211
3212 @opsummary{restrict}
3213 @item --restrict
3214
3215 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3216 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3217 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3218
3219 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3220 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3221
3222 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3223 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3224
3225 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3226 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3227
3228 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3229 devices. @xref{Device}.
3230
3231 @opsummary{same-order}
3232 @item --same-order
3233 @itemx --preserve-order
3234 @itemx -s
3235
3236 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3237 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3238 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3239 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3240
3241 @opsummary{same-owner}
3242 @item --same-owner
3243
3244 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3245 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3246 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3247 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3248
3249 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3250 @item --same-permissions
3251
3252 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3253
3254 @opsummary{seek}
3255 @item --seek
3256 @itemx -n
3257
3258 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3259 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3260 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3261 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3262 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3263 @option{--extract} options).
3264
3265 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3266 @item --show-defaults
3267
3268 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3269 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3270 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3271
3272 @smallexample
3273 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3274 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3275 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3276 @end smallexample
3277
3278 @noindent
3279 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3280 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3281
3282 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3283 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3284
3285 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3286 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3287
3288 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3289 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3290
3291 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3292 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3293 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3294
3295 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3296 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3297 @item --show-transformed-names
3298 @itemx --show-stored-names
3299
3300 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3301 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3302 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3303 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3304 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3305
3306 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3307 @item --skip-old-files
3308
3309 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3310 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3311
3312 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3313 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3314 overwriting them.
3315
3316 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3317 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3318 (@pxref{warnings}).
3319
3320 @opsummary{sparse}
3321 @item --sparse
3322 @itemx -S
3323
3324 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3325 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3326
3327 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3328 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3329
3330 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3331 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3332 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3333
3334 @opsummary{starting-file}
3335 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3336 @itemx -K @var{name}
3337
3338 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3339 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3340 @xref{Scarce}.
3341
3342 @opsummary{strip-components}
3343 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3344 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3345 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3346 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3347
3348 @smallexample
3349 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3350 @end smallexample
3351
3352 @noindent
3353 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3354
3355 @opsummary{suffix}
3356 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3357
3358 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3359 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3360
3361 @opsummary{tape-length}
3362 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3363 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3364
3365 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3366 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3367 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3368 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3369 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3370 discussion of this option.
3371
3372 @opsummary{test-label}
3373 @item --test-label
3374
3375 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3376 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3377
3378 @opsummary{to-command}
3379 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3380
3381 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3382 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3383
3384 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3385 @item --to-stdout
3386 @itemx -O
3387
3388 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3389 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3390
3391 @opsummary{totals}
3392 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3393
3394 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3395 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3396 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3397 @xref{totals}.
3398
3399 @opsummary{touch}
3400 @item --touch
3401 @itemx -m
3402
3403 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3404 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3405 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3406
3407 @opsummary{transform}
3408 @opsummary{xform}
3409 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3410 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3411 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3412 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3413
3414 @smallexample
3415 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3416 @end smallexample
3417
3418 @noindent
3419 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3420 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3421 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3422
3423 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3424 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3425 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3426
3427 @opsummary{uncompress}
3428 @item --uncompress
3429
3430 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3431
3432 @opsummary{ungzip}
3433 @item --ungzip
3434
3435 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3436
3437 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3438 @item --unlink-first
3439 @itemx -U
3440
3441 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3442 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3443
3444 @opsummary{unquote}
3445 @item --unquote
3446 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3447 name quoting}.
3448
3449 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3450 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3451 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3452
3453 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3454 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3455
3456 @opsummary{utc}
3457 @item --utc
3458
3459 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3460 @option{--verbose}.
3461
3462 @opsummary{verbose}
3463 @item --verbose
3464 @itemx -v
3465
3466 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3467 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3468 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3469 @xref{verbose}.
3470
3471 @opsummary{verify}
3472 @item --verify
3473 @itemx -W
3474
3475 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3476 archive. @xref{verify}.
3477
3478 @opsummary{version}
3479 @item --version
3480
3481 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3482 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3483 @xref{help}.
3484
3485 @opsummary{volno-file}
3486 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3487
3488 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3489 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3490 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3491
3492 @opsummary{warning}
3493 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3494
3495 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3496 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3497 @xref{warnings}.
3498
3499 @opsummary{wildcards}
3500 @item --wildcards
3501 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3502 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3503
3504 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3505 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3506 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3507 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3508
3509 @opsummary{xz}
3510 @item --xz
3511 @itemx -J
3512 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3513
3514 @end table
3515
3516 @node Short Option Summary
3517 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3518
3519 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3520 them with the equivalent long option.
3521
3522 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3523 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3524
3525 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3526
3527 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3528
3529 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3530
3531 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3532
3533 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3534
3535 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3536
3537 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3538
3539 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3540
3541 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3542
3543 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3544
3545 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3546
3547 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3548
3549 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3550
3551 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3552
3553 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3554
3555 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3556
3557 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3558
3559 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3560
3561 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3562
3563 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3564
3565 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3566
3567 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3568
3569 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3570
3571 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3572
3573 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3574
3575 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3576
3577 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3578
3579 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3580
3581 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3582
3583 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3584
3585 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3586
3587 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3588 @ref{--portability}.
3589
3590 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3591 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3592 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3593
3594 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3595
3596 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3597
3598 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3599
3600 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3601
3602 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3603
3604 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3605
3606 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3607
3608 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3609
3610 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3611
3612 @end multitable
3613
3614 @node help
3615 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3616
3617 @cindex Getting program version number
3618 @opindex version
3619 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3620 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3621 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3622 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3623 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3624 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3625
3626 @smallexample
3627 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3628 Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3629 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3630 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3631 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3632
3633 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3634 @end smallexample
3635
3636 @noindent
3637 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3638 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3639 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3640 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3641 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3642 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3643 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3644 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3645 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3646 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3647
3648 @cindex Obtaining help
3649 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3650 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3651 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3652 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3653 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3654 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3655 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3656 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3657 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3658 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3659 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3660 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3661
3662 @smallexample
3663 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3664 @end smallexample
3665
3666 @noindent
3667 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3668 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3669 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3670 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3671
3672 @smallexample
3673 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3674 @end smallexample
3675
3676 @noindent
3677 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3678 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3679 command will list only the first of them.
3680
3681 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3682 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3683
3684 @opindex usage
3685 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3686 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3687 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3688
3689 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3690 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3691 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3692 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3693 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3694 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3695 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3696 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3697 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3698 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3699 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3700 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3701 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3702 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3703
3704 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3705 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3706 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3707 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3708 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3709 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3710 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3711
3712 @node defaults
3713 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3714
3715 @opindex show-defaults
3716 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3717 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3718 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3719 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3720
3721 @smallexample
3722 @group
3723 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3724 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3725 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3726 @end group
3727 @end smallexample
3728
3729 @noindent
3730 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3731 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3732
3733 @noindent
3734 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3735 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3736 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3737 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3738 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3739 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3740
3741 @node verbose
3742 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3743
3744 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3745 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3746 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3747 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3748 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3749 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3750 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3751 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3752 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3753 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3754 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3755 helpful diagnostic tools.
3756
3757 @cindex Verbose operation
3758 @opindex verbose
3759 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3760 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3761 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3762 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3763 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3764 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3765 monitoring @command{tar}.
3766
3767 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3768 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3769 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3770 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3771 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3772 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3773 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3774 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3775
3776 @smallexample
3777 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3778 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3779 @end smallexample
3780
3781 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3782 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3783 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3784 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3785 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3786
3787 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3788 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3789 error.
3790
3791 @anchor{totals}
3792 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3793 @opindex totals
3794 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3795 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3796 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3797 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3798 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3799
3800 @smallexample
3801 @group
3802 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3803 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3804 @end group
3805 @end smallexample
3806
3807 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3808 read:
3809
3810 @smallexample
3811 @group
3812 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3813 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3814 @end group
3815 @end smallexample
3816
3817 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3818 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3819
3820 @smallexample
3821 @group
3822 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3823 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3824 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3825 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3826 @end group
3827 @end smallexample
3828
3829 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3830 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3831 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3832 statistics is to be printed:
3833
3834 @table @option
3835 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3836 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3837 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3838 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3839 accepted.
3840 @end table
3841
3842 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3843 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3844 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3845 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3846 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3847
3848 @anchor{Progress information}
3849 @cindex Progress information
3850 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3851 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3852 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3853 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3854 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3855 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3856 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3857
3858 @smallexample
3859 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3860 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3861 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3862 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3866 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3867 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3868 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3869 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3870
3871 @smallexample
3872 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3873 ...
3874 @end smallexample
3875
3876 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3877 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3878 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3879
3880 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3881 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3882 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3883 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3884 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3885 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3886 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3887 it might be excluded by the use of the
3888 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3889
3890 @opindex block-number
3891 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3892 @anchor{block-number}
3893 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3894 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3895 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3896 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3897 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3898 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3899 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3900 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3901 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3902 archive from a pipe.
3903
3904 @cindex Error message, block number of
3905 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3906 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3907 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3908 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3909 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3910 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3911
3912 @node checkpoints
3913 @section Checkpoints
3914 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3915 @opindex checkpoint
3916 @opindex checkpoint-action
3917
3918 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3919 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3920 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3921 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3922
3923 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3924
3925 @table @option
3926 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3927 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3928 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3929 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3930 @end table
3931
3932 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3933 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3934 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3935 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3936
3937 @table @option
3938 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3939 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3940 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3941 @end table
3942
3943 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3944 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3945 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3946 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3947 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3948 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3949 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3950
3951 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3952
3953 This is the default action, so running:
3954
3955 @smallexample
3956 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3957 @end smallexample
3958
3959 @noindent
3960 is equivalent to:
3961
3962 @smallexample
3963 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3964 @end smallexample
3965
3966 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3967 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3968 e.g.:
3969
3970 @smallexample
3971 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3972 @end smallexample
3973
3974 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3975 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
3976 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3977 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3978 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
3979 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3980 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3981 option:
3982
3983 @smallexample
3984 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3985 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3986 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3987 @end smallexample
3988
3989 The complete list of available format specifiers follows. Some of
3990 them can take optional arguments. These arguments, if given, are
3991 supplied in curly braces between the percent sign and the specifier
3992 letter.
3993
3994 @table @samp
3995 @item %s
3996 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
3997
3998 @item %u
3999 Print number of the checkpoint.
4000
4001 @item %@{r,w,d@}T
4002 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
4003 speed. Optional arguments supply prefixes to be used before number
4004 of bytes read, written and deleted, correspondingly. If absent,
4005 they default to @samp{R}. @samp{W}, @samp{D}. Any or all of them can
4006 be omitted, so, that e.g. @samp{%@{@}T} means to print corresponding
4007 statistics without any prefixes. Any surplus arguments, if present,
4008 are silently ignored.
4009
4010 @example
4011 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
4012 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, 0B/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 0
4013 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
4014 @end example
4015
4016 @noindent
4017 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4018
4019 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4020 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4021 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4022 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4023 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4024 for the current locale.
4025
4026 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4027 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4028 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4029 is assumed.
4030
4031 @item %@var{c}
4032 This is a shortcut for @samp{%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t: %ds, %@{read,wrote@}T%*\r},
4033 intended mainly for use with @samp{ttyout} action (see below).
4034 @end table
4035
4036 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4037 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4038 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4039 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4040 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4041
4042 @smallexample
4043 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4044 @end smallexample
4045
4046 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4047 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4048 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4049 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4050 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4051
4052 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4053 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4054 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4055 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4056 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4057 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4058 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4059 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4060 line, overwriting any previous message:
4061
4062 @smallexample
4063 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4064 @end smallexample
4065
4066 @noindent
4067 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4068 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4069 consider this:
4070
4071 @smallexample
4072 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4073 @end smallexample
4074
4075 @noindent
4076 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4077 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4078 average computed I/O speed.
4079
4080 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4081 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4082 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4083 stream, e.g.:
4084
4085 @smallexample
4086 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4087 ...
4088 @end smallexample
4089
4090 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4091 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4092 as shown in the previous section.
4093
4094 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4095 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4096 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4097 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4098 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4099
4100 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4101 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4102 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4103 checkpoint:
4104
4105 @smallexample
4106 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4107 @end smallexample
4108
4109 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4110 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4111 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4112 For example:
4113
4114 @smallexample
4115 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4116 @end smallexample
4117
4118 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4119 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4120 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4121 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4122
4123 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4124 following variables:
4125
4126 @table @env
4127 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4128 @item TAR_VERSION
4129 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4130
4131 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4132 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4133 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4134
4135 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4136 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4137 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4138
4139 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4140 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4141 Number of the checkpoint.
4142
4143 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4144 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4145 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4146 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4147
4148 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4149 @item TAR_FORMAT
4150 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4151 list of archive format names.
4152 @end table
4153
4154 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4155 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4156
4157 @smallexample
4158 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4159 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4160 @end smallexample
4161
4162 @noindent
4163 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4164 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4165
4166 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4167 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4168 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4169 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4170
4171 @example
4172 @group
4173 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4174 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4175 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4176 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4177 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4178 @end group
4179 @end example
4180
4181 This example also illustrates the fact that
4182 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4183 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4184 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4185
4186 @node warnings
4187 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4188
4189 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4190 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4191 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4192 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4193 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4194 code of @command{tar} command.
4195
4196 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4197 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4198 messages:
4199
4200 @table @option
4201 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4202 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4203 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4204 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4205
4206 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4207
4208 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4209 warning messages they control.
4210 @end table
4211
4212 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4213 @table @asis
4214 @kwindex all
4215 @item all
4216 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4217 @kwindex none
4218 @item none
4219 Disable all warning messages.
4220 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4221 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4222 @item filename-with-nuls
4223 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4224 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4225 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4226 @item alone-zero-block
4227 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4228 @end table
4229
4230 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4231 @table @asis
4232 @kwindex cachedir
4233 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4234 @item cachedir
4235 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4236 @kwindex file-shrank
4237 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4238 @item file-shrank
4239 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4240 @kwindex xdev
4241 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4242 @item xdev
4243 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4244 @kwindex file-ignored
4245 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4246 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4247 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4248 @item file-ignored
4249 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4250 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4251 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4252 @kwindex file-unchanged
4253 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4254 @item file-unchanged
4255 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4256 @kwindex ignore-archive
4257 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4258 @kwindex ignore-archive
4259 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4260 @item ignore-archive
4261 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4262 @kwindex file-removed
4263 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4264 @item file-removed
4265 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4266 @kwindex file-changed
4267 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4268 @item file-changed
4269 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4270 @end table
4271
4272 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4273 @table @asis
4274 @kwindex timestamp
4275 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4276 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4277 @item timestamp
4278 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4279 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4280 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4281 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4282 @item contiguous-cast
4283 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4284 @kwindex symlink-cast
4285 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4286 @item symlink-cast
4287 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4288 @kwindex unknown-cast
4289 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4290 @item unknown-cast
4291 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4292 @kwindex ignore-newer
4293 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4294 @item ignore-newer
4295 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4296 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4297 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4298 @item unknown-keyword
4299 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4300 @kwindex decompress-program
4301 @item decompress-program
4302 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4303 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4304 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4305 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4306 when using this warning is:
4307
4308 @smallexample
4309 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4310 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4311 tar (child): trying gzip
4312 @end smallexample
4313
4314 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4315 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4316 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4317 @kwindex record-size
4318 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4319 @item record-size
4320 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4321 @end table
4322
4323 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4324 @table @asis
4325 @kwindex rename-directory
4326 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4327 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4328 @item rename-directory
4329 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4330 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4331 @kwindex new-directory
4332 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4333 @item new-directory
4334 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4335 @kwindex xdev
4336 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4337 @item xdev
4338 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4339 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4340 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4341 @item bad-dumpdir
4342 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4343 @end table
4344
4345 @node interactive
4346 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4347 @cindex Interactive operation
4348
4349 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4350 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4351 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4352 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4353 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4354 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4355 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4356
4357 @opindex interactive
4358 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4359 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4360 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4361 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4362 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4363 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4364 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4365 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4366 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4367
4368 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4369 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4370 communications.
4371
4372 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4373 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4374 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4375 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4376 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4377 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4378 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4379 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4380 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4381 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4382 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4383
4384 @node external
4385 @section Running External Commands
4386
4387 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4388 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4389 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4390 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4391 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4392 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4393
4394 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4395 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4396 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4397 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4398 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4399 @env{PATH}.
4400
4401 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4402 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4403 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4404 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4405 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4406 command line of the external command. For example:
4407
4408 @smallexample
4409 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4410 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4411 @end smallexample
4412
4413 @noindent
4414 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4415 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4416
4417 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4418 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4419
4420 @node operations
4421 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4422
4423 @menu
4424 * Basic tar::
4425 * Advanced tar::
4426 * create options::
4427 * extract options::
4428 * backup::
4429 * Applications::
4430 * looking ahead::
4431 @end menu
4432
4433 @node Basic tar
4434 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4435
4436 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4437 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4438 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4439 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4440 for these operations.
4441
4442 @table @option
4443 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4444 @item --create
4445 @itemx -c
4446
4447 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4448 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4449 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4450 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4451 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4452 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4453 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4454 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4455 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4456
4457 @enumerate
4458 @item
4459 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4460 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4461 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4462 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4463 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4464 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4465
4466 @item
4467 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4468 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4469 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4470 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4471 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4472 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4473 @end enumerate
4474
4475 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4476 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4477 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4478 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4479 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4480 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4481 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4482 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4483 the following commands:
4484
4485 @smallexample
4486 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4487 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4488 @end smallexample
4489
4490 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4491 @item --extract
4492 @itemx --get
4493 @itemx -x
4494
4495 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4496
4497 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4498
4499 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4500 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4501 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4502 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4503 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4504 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4505
4506 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4507 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4508
4509 @end table
4510
4511 @node Advanced tar
4512 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4513
4514 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4515 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4516
4517 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4518 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4519 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4520 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4521 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4522 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4523 error correction in special circumstances.
4524
4525 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4526 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4527
4528 @menu
4529 * Operations::
4530 * append::
4531 * update::
4532 * concatenate::
4533 * delete::
4534 * compare::
4535 @end menu
4536
4537 @node Operations
4538 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4539
4540 @cindex basic operations
4541 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4542 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4543 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4544 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4545
4546 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4547 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4548 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4549 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4550 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4551 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4552 and the two archive files you created are
4553 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4554
4555 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4556 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4557 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4558 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4559
4560 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4561 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4562 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4563 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4564 where the last chapter left them.)
4565
4566 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4567
4568 @table @option
4569 @item --append
4570 @itemx -r
4571 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4572 @item --update
4573 @itemx -u
4574 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4575 they exist.
4576 @item --concatenate
4577 @itemx --catenate
4578 @itemx -A
4579 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4580 @item --delete
4581 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4582 @item --compare
4583 @itemx --diff
4584 @itemx -d
4585 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4586 @end table
4587
4588 @node append
4589 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4590
4591 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4592 @opindex append
4593 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4594 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4595 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4596 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4597 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4598 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4599
4600 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4601 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4602 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4603 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4604 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4605 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4606 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4607 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4608
4609 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4610 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4611 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4612 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4613 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4614 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4615 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4616 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4617 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4618 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4619 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4620 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4621 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4622 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4623
4624 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4625 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4626 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4627 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4628 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4629 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4630 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4631 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4632 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4633 the command
4634
4635 @smallexample
4636 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4637 @end smallexample
4638
4639 @noindent
4640 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4641 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4642 option.
4643
4644 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4645 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4646
4647 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4648 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4649
4650 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4651 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4652 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4653 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4654 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4655 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4656 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4657 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4658 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4659 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4660 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4661
4662 @menu
4663 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4664 * multiple::
4665 @end menu
4666
4667 @node appending files
4668 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4669 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4670 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4671 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4672 @opindex append
4673
4674 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4675 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4676 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4677 archived files.
4678
4679 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4680 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4681 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4682 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4683 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4684 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4685 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4686
4687 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4688 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4689 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4690 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4691
4692 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4693 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4694 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4695 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4696 @file{collection.tar}:
4697
4698 @smallexample
4699 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4700 @end smallexample
4701
4702 @noindent
4703 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4704 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4705
4706 @smallexample
4707 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4708 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4709 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4710 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4711 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4712 @end smallexample
4713
4714 @node multiple
4715 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4716 @cindex members, multiple
4717 @cindex multiple members
4718
4719 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4720 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4721 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4722 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4723 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4724 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4725 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4726 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4727 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4728 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4729 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4730 all versions of the file.
4731
4732 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4733 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4734 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4735 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4736 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4737 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4738 newer version when it is extracted.
4739
4740 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4741 archive in this way:
4742
4743 @smallexample
4744 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4745 blues
4746 @end smallexample
4747
4748 @noindent
4749 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4750 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4751 list the contents of the archive:
4752
4753 @smallexample
4754 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4755 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4756 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4757 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4758 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4759 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4760 @end smallexample
4761
4762 @noindent
4763 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4764 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4765 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4766 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4767 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4768
4769 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4770 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4771 the following example:
4772
4773 @smallexample
4774 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4775 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4776 @end smallexample
4777
4778 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4779 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4780 @option{--occurrence} option.
4781
4782 @node update
4783 @subsection Updating an Archive
4784 @cindex Updating an archive
4785 @opindex update
4786
4787 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4788 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4789 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4790 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4791 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4792 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4793 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4794 @option{--append}).
4795
4796 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4797 The operation will fail.
4798
4799 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4800 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4801
4802 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4803 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4804 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4805 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4806
4807 @menu
4808 * how to update::
4809 @end menu
4810
4811 @node how to update
4812 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4813 @opindex update
4814
4815 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4816 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4817 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4818 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4819
4820 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4821 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4822
4823 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4824 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4825 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4826 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4827 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4828 directory as file name arguments:
4829
4830 @smallexample
4831 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4832 blues
4833 classical
4834 $
4835 @end smallexample
4836
4837 @noindent
4838 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4839 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4840 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4841 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4842 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4843 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4844 updating it.
4845
4846 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4847 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4848 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4849 information about tapes.
4850
4851 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4852 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4853 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4854 options intended specifically for backups are more
4855 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4856
4857 @node concatenate
4858 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4859
4860 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4861 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4862 @opindex concatenate
4863 @opindex catenate
4864 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4865 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4866 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4867 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4868 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4869
4870 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4871 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4872 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4873 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4874 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4875 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4876 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4877 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4878 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4879 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4880
4881 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4882
4883 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4884 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4885 files from @file{practice}:
4886
4887 @smallexample
4888 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4889 blues
4890 rock
4891 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4892 folk
4893 jazz
4894 @end smallexample
4895
4896 @noindent
4897 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4898 contain what they are supposed to:
4899
4900 @smallexample
4901 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4902 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4903 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4904 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4905 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4906 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4907 @end smallexample
4908
4909 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4910
4911 @smallexample
4912 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4913 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4914 @end smallexample
4915
4916 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4917 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4918
4919 @smallexample
4920 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4921 blues
4922 rock
4923 folk
4924 jazz
4925 @end smallexample
4926
4927 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4928 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4929 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4930 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4931 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4932
4933 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4934 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4935
4936 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4937 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4938 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4939 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4940 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4941
4942 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4943 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4944 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4945 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4946 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4947 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4948 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4949 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4950 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4951 @command{cat} shell utility.
4952
4953 @node delete
4954 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4955 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4956 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4957
4958 @opindex delete
4959 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4960 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4961 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4962 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4963 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4964 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4965 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4966 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4967 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4968
4969 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4970
4971 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4972 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4973 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4974 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4975 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4976 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4977 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4978 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4979 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4980 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4981
4982 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4983 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4984 are in that directory, and then,
4985
4986 @smallexample
4987 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4988 blues
4989 folk
4990 jazz
4991 rock
4992 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4993 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4994 folk
4995 jazz
4996 rock
4997 @end smallexample
4998
4999 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
5000 all the examples on collection.tar.}
5001
5002 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
5003 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
5004
5005 @node compare
5006 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
5007 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
5008
5009 @opindex compare
5010 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
5011 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
5012 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
5013 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
5014 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
5015 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
5016 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
5017
5018 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5019 archive with a non-default record size.
5020
5021 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5022 corresponding members in the archive.
5023
5024 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5025 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5026 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5027 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5028
5029 @smallexample
5030 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5031 rock
5032 blues
5033 tar: funk not found in archive
5034 @end smallexample
5035
5036 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5037 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5038 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5039 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5040
5041 @node create options
5042 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5043
5044 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5045 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5046 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5047 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5048 @option{--create}.
5049
5050 @menu
5051 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5052 * Ignore Failed Read::
5053 @end menu
5054
5055 @node override
5056 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5057
5058 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5059 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5060 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5061 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5062 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5063 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5064 metadata, stored in the archive.
5065
5066 @table @option
5067 @opindex mode
5068 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5069
5070 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5071 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5072 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5073 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5074 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5075 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5076 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5077 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5078 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5079 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5080 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5081
5082 @smallexample
5083 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5084 @end smallexample
5085
5086 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5087 @opindex mtime
5088
5089 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5090 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5091 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5092 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5093 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5094 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5095 of that file will be used.
5096
5097 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5098 January 1, 1970:
5099
5100 @smallexample
5101 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5102 @end smallexample
5103
5104 @noindent
5105 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5106 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5107 representation and compare it with the one given with
5108 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5109 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5110 ensure he is using the right date.
5111
5112 For example:
5113
5114 @smallexample
5115 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5116 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5117 13:06:29.152478
5118 @dots{}
5119 @end smallexample
5120
5121 @item --owner=@var{user}
5122 @opindex owner
5123
5124 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5125 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5126 file.
5127
5128 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5129 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5130 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5131 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5132 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5133 taken to be a user name.
5134
5135 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5136 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5137 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5138 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5139 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5140 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5141 current host.
5142
5143 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5144 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5145 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5146 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5147 archives. For example:
5148
5149 @smallexample
5150 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5151 @end smallexample
5152
5153 @noindent
5154 or:
5155
5156 @smallexample
5157 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5158 @end smallexample
5159
5160 @item --group=@var{group}
5161 @opindex group
5162
5163 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5164 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5165 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5166 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5167 @end table
5168
5169 @node Ignore Failed Read
5170 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5171
5172 @table @option
5173 @item --ignore-failed-read
5174 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5175 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5176 @end table
5177
5178 @node extract options
5179 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5180 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5181
5182 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5183 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5184 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5185 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5186 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5187 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5188 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5189 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5190 @option{--extract} operation.
5191
5192 @menu
5193 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5194 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5195 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5196 @end menu
5197
5198 @node Reading
5199 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5200 @cindex Options when reading archives
5201
5202 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5203 @cindex Records, incomplete
5204 @opindex read-full-records
5205 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5206 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5207 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5208 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5209 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5210 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5211 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5212 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5213 @xref{Blocking}.
5214
5215 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5216 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5217 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5218 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5219 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5220 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5221
5222 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5223 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5224 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5225 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5226 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5227 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5228
5229 @menu
5230 * read full records::
5231 * Ignore Zeros::
5232 @end menu
5233
5234 @node read full records
5235 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5236
5237 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5238
5239 @table @option
5240 @opindex read-full-records
5241 @item --read-full-records
5242 @item -B
5243 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5244 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5245 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5246 @end table
5247
5248 @node Ignore Zeros
5249 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5250
5251 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5252 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5253 @opindex ignore-zeros
5254 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5255 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5256 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5257 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5258 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5259 several archives together).
5260
5261 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5262 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5263 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5264 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5265 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5266
5267 @table @option
5268 @item --ignore-zeros
5269 @itemx -i
5270 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5271 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5272 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5273 @end table
5274
5275 @node Writing
5276 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5277 @UNREVISED
5278
5279 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5280
5281 @menu
5282 * Dealing with Old Files::
5283 * Overwrite Old Files::
5284 * Keep Old Files::
5285 * Keep Newer Files::
5286 * Unlink First::
5287 * Recursive Unlink::
5288 * Data Modification Times::
5289 * Setting Access Permissions::
5290 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5291 * Writing to Standard Output::
5292 * Writing to an External Program::
5293 * remove files::
5294 @end menu
5295
5296 @node Dealing with Old Files
5297 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5298
5299 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5300 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5301 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5302 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5303 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5304 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5305 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5306 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5307 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5308 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5309
5310 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5311 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5312 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5313 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5314 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5315 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5316 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5317 example:
5318
5319 @example
5320 $ @kbd{ls}
5321 blues
5322 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5323 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5324 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5325 @end example
5326
5327 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5328 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5329 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5330 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5331 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5332
5333 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5334 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5335 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5336 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5337
5338 @cindex Protecting old files
5339 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5340 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5341 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5342 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5343 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5344 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5345 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5346 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5347 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5348 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5349 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5350 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5351 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5352 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5353 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5354 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5355 removed.
5356
5357 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5358 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5359 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5360 before extracting them.
5361
5362 @node Overwrite Old Files
5363 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5364
5365 @table @option
5366 @opindex overwrite
5367 @item --overwrite
5368 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5369 from an archive.
5370
5371 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5372 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5373 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5374 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5375 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5376 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5377 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5378 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5379 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5380 they are in the way of extraction.
5381
5382 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5383 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5384 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5385 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5386 are currently being executed.
5387
5388 @opindex overwrite-dir
5389 @item --overwrite-dir
5390 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5391 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5392 @end table
5393
5394 @node Keep Old Files
5395 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5396
5397 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5398 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5399
5400 @table @option
5401 @opindex keep-old-files
5402 @item --keep-old-files
5403 @itemx -k
5404 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5405 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5406 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5407
5408 @item --skip-old-files
5409 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5410 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5411 @command{tar} exit status.
5412
5413 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5414 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5415 @end table
5416
5417 @node Keep Newer Files
5418 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5419
5420 @table @option
5421 @opindex keep-newer-files
5422 @item --keep-newer-files
5423 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5424 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5425 @end table
5426
5427 @node Unlink First
5428 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5429
5430 @table @option
5431 @opindex unlink-first
5432 @item --unlink-first
5433 @itemx -U
5434 Remove files before extracting over them.
5435 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5436 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5437 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5438 @end table
5439
5440 @node Recursive Unlink
5441 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5442
5443 @table @option
5444 @opindex recursive-unlink
5445 @item --recursive-unlink
5446 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5447 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5448 @end table
5449
5450 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5451 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5452 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5453 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5454
5455 @node Data Modification Times
5456 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5457
5458 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5459 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5460 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5461 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5462 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5463 setting.
5464
5465 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5466 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5467 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5468
5469 @table @option
5470 @opindex touch
5471 @item --touch
5472 @itemx -m
5473 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5474 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5475 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5476 @end table
5477
5478 @node Setting Access Permissions
5479 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5480
5481 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5482 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5483 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5484 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5485 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5486 @option{-x}) operation.
5487
5488 @table @option
5489 @opindex preserve-permissions
5490 @opindex same-permissions
5491 @item --preserve-permissions
5492 @itemx --same-permissions
5493 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5494 @itemx -p
5495 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5496 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5497 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5498 @end table
5499
5500 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5501 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5502
5503 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5504 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5505 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5506 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5507 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5508 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5509 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5510 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5511 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5512 restores directories using the following approach.
5513
5514 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5515 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5516 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5517 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5518 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5519 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5520 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5521 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5522 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5523 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5524 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5525 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5526 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5527 subdirectories in that directory.
5528
5529 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5530 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5531 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5532 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5533 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5534 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5535 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5536 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5537 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5538
5539 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5540 too. Consider the following example:
5541
5542 @smallexample
5543 @group
5544 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5545 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5546 foo/
5547 foo/file1
5548 bar/
5549 bar/file
5550 foo/file2
5551 @end group
5552 @end smallexample
5553
5554 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5555 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5556 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5557 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5558 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5559
5560 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5561 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5562
5563 @table @option
5564 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5565 @item --delay-directory-restore
5566 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5567 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5568 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5569 ordering.
5570
5571 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5572 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5573 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5574 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5575 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5576 temporarily disable it.
5577 @end table
5578
5579 @node Writing to Standard Output
5580 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5581
5582 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5583 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5584 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5585 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5586 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5587 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5588 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5589 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5590 found in the archive.
5591
5592 @table @option
5593 @opindex to-stdout
5594 @item --to-stdout
5595 @itemx -O
5596 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5597 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5598 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5599 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5600 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5601 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5602 (@option{-t}).
5603 @end table
5604
5605 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5606 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5607 it. You can use a command like this:
5608
5609 @smallexample
5610 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5611 @end smallexample
5612
5613 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5614
5615 @smallexample
5616 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5617 @end smallexample
5618
5619 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5620 multiple files. See the next section.
5621
5622 @node Writing to an External Program
5623 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5624
5625 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5626 file to the standard input of an external program:
5627
5628 @table @option
5629 @opindex to-command
5630 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5631 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5632 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5633 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5634 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5635 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5636 for more detail).
5637
5638 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5639 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5640 option is used.
5641 @end table
5642
5643 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5644 from the following environment variables:
5645
5646 @table @env
5647 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5648 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5649 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5650
5651 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5652 @item f @tab Regular file
5653 @item d @tab Directory
5654 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5655 @item h @tab Hard link
5656 @item b @tab Block device
5657 @item c @tab Character device
5658 @end multitable
5659
5660 Currently only regular files are supported.
5661
5662 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5663 @item TAR_MODE
5664 File mode, an octal number.
5665
5666 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5667 @item TAR_FILENAME
5668 The name of the file.
5669
5670 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5671 @item TAR_REALNAME
5672 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5673
5674 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5675 @item TAR_UNAME
5676 Name of the file owner.
5677
5678 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5679 @item TAR_GNAME
5680 Name of the file owner group.
5681
5682 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5683 @item TAR_ATIME
5684 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5685 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5686 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5687 decimal point.
5688
5689 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5690 @item TAR_MTIME
5691 Time of last modification.
5692
5693 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5694 @item TAR_CTIME
5695 Time of last status change.
5696
5697 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5698 @item TAR_SIZE
5699 Size of the file.
5700
5701 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5702 @item TAR_UID
5703 UID of the file owner.
5704
5705 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5706 @item TAR_GID
5707 GID of the file owner.
5708 @end table
5709
5710 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5711 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5712
5713 @table @env
5714 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5715 @item TAR_VERSION
5716 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5717
5718 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5719 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5720 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5721
5722 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5723 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5724 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5725
5726 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5727 @item TAR_VOLUME
5728 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5729
5730 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5731 @item TAR_FORMAT
5732 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5733 list of archive format names.
5734 @end table
5735
5736 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5737 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5738 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5739 could do:
5740
5741 @smallexample
5742 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5743 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5744 @end smallexample
5745
5746 @noindent
5747 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5748 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5749
5750 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5751 an error message similar to the following:
5752
5753 @smallexample
5754 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5755 @end smallexample
5756
5757 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5758
5759 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5760
5761 @table @option
5762 @opindex ignore-command-error
5763 @item --ignore-command-error
5764 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5765 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5766 will be printed even if this option is used.
5767
5768 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5769 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5770 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5771 option. This option is useful if you have set
5772 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5773 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5774 @end table
5775
5776 @node remove files
5777 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5778
5779 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5780 maybe?}
5781
5782 @table @option
5783 @opindex remove-files
5784 @item --remove-files
5785 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5786 @end table
5787
5788 @node Scarce
5789 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5790 @UNREVISED
5791
5792 @cindex Small memory
5793 @cindex Running out of space
5794
5795 @menu
5796 * Starting File::
5797 * Same Order::
5798 @end menu
5799
5800 @node Starting File
5801 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5802
5803 @table @option
5804 @opindex starting-file
5805 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5806 @itemx -K @var{name}
5807 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5808 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5809 @end table
5810
5811 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5812 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5813 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5814 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5815 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5816 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5817 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5818 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5819 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5820 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5821
5822 @node Same Order
5823 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5824
5825 @table @option
5826 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5827 @opindex same-order
5828 @opindex preserve-order
5829 @item --same-order
5830 @itemx --preserve-order
5831 @itemx -s
5832 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5833 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5834 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5835 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5836 @end table
5837
5838 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5839 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5840 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5841 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5842 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5843 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5844
5845 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5846
5847 @node backup
5848 @section Backup options
5849
5850 @cindex backup options
5851
5852 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5853 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5854 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5855 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5856 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5857 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5858
5859 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5860 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5861 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5862 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5863 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5864 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5865 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5866 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5867 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5868 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5869
5870 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5871 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5872 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5873 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5874 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5875 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5876 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5877 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5878 refers to a remote file.
5879
5880 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5881 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5882 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5883 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5884 file are kept.
5885
5886 @table @samp
5887 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5888 @opindex backup
5889 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5890 @cindex backups
5891 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5892 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5893
5894 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5895 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5896 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5897 use the @samp{existing} method.
5898
5899 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5900 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5901 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5902 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5903
5904 @table @samp
5905 @item t
5906 @itemx numbered
5907 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5908 Always make numbered backups.
5909
5910 @item nil
5911 @itemx existing
5912 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5913 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5914 of the others.
5915
5916 @item never
5917 @itemx simple
5918 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5919 Always make simple backups.
5920
5921 @end table
5922
5923 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5924 @opindex suffix
5925 @cindex backup suffix
5926 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5927 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5928 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5929 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5930 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5931
5932 @end table
5933
5934 @node Applications
5935 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5936 @UNREVISED
5937
5938 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5939 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5940 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5941
5942 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5943
5944 @findex uuencode
5945 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5946 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5947 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5948 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5949 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5950 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5951 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5952 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5953
5954 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5955 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5956 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5957 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
5958
5959 @smallexample
5960 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5961 @end smallexample
5962
5963 @noindent
5964 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5965
5966 @smallexample
5967 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5968 @end smallexample
5969
5970 @noindent
5971 The command also works using long option forms:
5972
5973 @smallexample
5974 @group
5975 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5976 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5977 @end group
5978 @end smallexample
5979
5980 @noindent
5981 or
5982
5983 @smallexample
5984 @group
5985 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
5986 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5987 @end group
5988 @end smallexample
5989
5990 @noindent
5991 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5992
5993 @node looking ahead
5994 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5995
5996 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5997 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5998 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5999 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
6000 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
6001 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
6002 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
6003 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
6004 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
6005 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
6006
6007 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
6008 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
6009 @xref{files}.
6010
6011 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
6012 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
6013
6014 @node Backups
6015 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
6016 @cindex backups
6017
6018 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6019 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6020 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6021 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6022 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6023
6024 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6025 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6026 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6027 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6028
6029 @FIXME{
6030
6031 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6032 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6033 distribution.
6034
6035 @itemize @bullet
6036 @item dumps
6037 @itemize @minus
6038 @item what are dumps
6039 @item different levels of dumps
6040 @itemize +
6041 @item full dump = dump everything
6042 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6043 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6044 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6045 @end itemize
6046 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6047 @itemize +
6048 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6049 @end itemize
6050 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6051 @itemize +
6052 @item how to customize
6053 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6054 @end itemize
6055 @item Problems
6056 @itemize +
6057 @item rsh doesn't work
6058 @item rtape isn't installed
6059 @item (others?)
6060 @end itemize
6061 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6062 @item tapes
6063 @itemize +
6064 @item write protection
6065 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6066 @item files and tape marks
6067 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6068 @item positioning the tape
6069 MT writes two at end of write,
6070 backspaces over one when writing again.
6071 @end itemize
6072 @end itemize
6073 @end itemize
6074 }
6075
6076 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6077 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6078
6079 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6080 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6081 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6082 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6083 called @dfn{dumps}.
6084
6085 @menu
6086 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6087 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6088 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6089 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6090 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6091 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6092 @end menu
6093
6094 @node Full Dumps
6095 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6096 @UNREVISED
6097
6098 @cindex full dumps
6099 @cindex dumps, full
6100
6101 @cindex corrupted archives
6102 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6103 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6104 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6105 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6106 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6107 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6108
6109 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6110 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6111 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6112 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6113
6114 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6115 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6116 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6117
6118 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6119 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6120 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6121 (sub)directories.
6122
6123 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6124 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6125 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6126 done onto a completely
6127 empty disk.
6128
6129 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6130 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6131 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6132 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6133 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6134 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6135
6136 @node Incremental Dumps
6137 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6138
6139 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6140 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6141 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6142
6143 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6144 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6145 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6146
6147 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6148 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6149 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6150 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6151 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6152 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6153 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6154 to the option:
6155
6156 @table @option
6157 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6158 @itemx -g @var{file}
6159 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6160 @end table
6161
6162 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6163 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6164 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6165
6166 @smallexample
6167 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6168 --file=archive.1.tar \
6169 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6170 /usr}
6171 @end smallexample
6172
6173 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6174 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6175 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6176 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6177 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6178
6179 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6180 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6181 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6182 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6183 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6184
6185 @smallexample
6186 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6187 /usr/local/db/data
6188 /usr/local/db/index
6189 @end smallexample
6190
6191 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6192 then see:
6193
6194 @smallexample
6195 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6196 --file=archive.2.tar \
6197 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6198 /usr}
6199 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6200 usr/local/db/
6201 usr/local/db/data
6202 usr/local/db/index
6203 @end smallexample
6204
6205 @noindent
6206 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6207 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6208 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6209 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6210 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6211 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6212
6213 @smallexample
6214 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6215 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6216 --file=archive.2.tar \
6217 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6218 /usr}
6219 @end smallexample
6220
6221 @anchor{--level=0}
6222 @xopindex{level, described}
6223 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6224 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6225 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6226
6227 @smallexample
6228 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6229 --file=archive.2.tar \
6230 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6231 --level=0 \
6232 /usr}
6233 @end smallexample
6234
6235 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6236 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6237 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6238 backwards.
6239
6240 @anchor{device numbers}
6241 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6242 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6243 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6244 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6245 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6246 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6247 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6248 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6249 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6250 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6251
6252 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6253 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6254 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6255 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6256
6257 @table @option
6258 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6259 @item --no-check-device
6260 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6261 for an incremental dump.
6262
6263 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6264 @item --check-device
6265 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6266 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6267 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6268 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6269 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6270 @end table
6271
6272 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6273 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6274
6275 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6276 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6277
6278 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6279 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6280 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6281 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6282 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6283 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6284 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6285 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6286 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6287 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6288 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6289 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6290 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6291 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6292
6293 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6294 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6295 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6296 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6297 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6298 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6299 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6300 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6301 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6302 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6303 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6304
6305 @smallexample
6306 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6307 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6308 --file archive.1.tar}
6309 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6310 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6311 --file archive.2.tar}
6312 @end smallexample
6313
6314 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6315 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6316 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6317 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6318 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6319 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6320 scripts.
6321
6322 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6323 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6324 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6325 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6326 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6327 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6328 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6329 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6330 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6331 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6332
6333 @smallexample
6334 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6335 @end smallexample
6336
6337 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6338 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6339 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6340 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6341
6342 @smallexample
6343 @var{x} @var{file}
6344 @end smallexample
6345
6346 @noindent
6347 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6348 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6349 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6350 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6351 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6352 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6353 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6354
6355 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6356 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6357 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6358 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6359 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6360 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6361
6362 @node Backup Levels
6363 @section Levels of Backups
6364
6365 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6366 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6367 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6368 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6369 are daily re-archived.
6370
6371 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6372 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6373 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6374 dump.
6375
6376 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6377 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6378 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6379 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6380 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6381 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6382 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6383 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6384
6385 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6386 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6387 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6388 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6389 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6390
6391 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6392 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6393 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6394 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6395 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6396 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6397
6398 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6399 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6400 their use in detail.
6401
6402 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6403 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6404 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6405 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6406 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6407 making such an attempt.
6408
6409 @node Backup Parameters
6410 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6411
6412 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6413 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6414 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6415 before using these scripts.
6416
6417 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6418 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6419 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6420 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6421 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6422 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6423 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6424 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6425
6426 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6427 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6428
6429 @menu
6430 * General-Purpose Variables::
6431 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6432 * User Hooks::
6433 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6434 @end menu
6435
6436 @node General-Purpose Variables
6437 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6438
6439 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6440 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6441 sends a backup report to this address.
6442 @end defvr
6443
6444 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6445 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6446 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6447 or the string @samp{now}.
6448
6449 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6450 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6451 @end defvr
6452
6453 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6454
6455 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6456 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6457 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6458 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6459 invocations of @command{mt}.
6460 @end defvr
6461
6462 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6463
6464 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6465 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6466 @end defvr
6467
6468 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6469
6470 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6471 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6472 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6473 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6474 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6475
6476 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6477 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6478 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6479 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6480 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6481 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6482 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6483 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6484 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6485
6486 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6487 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6488 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6489 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6490 @end defvr
6491
6492 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6493
6494 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6495 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6496 @end defvr
6497
6498 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6499
6500 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6501 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6502 which the backup script is run.
6503
6504 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6505 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6506 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6507 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6508 @end defvr
6509
6510 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6511
6512 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6513 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6514 @end defvr
6515
6516 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6517
6518 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6519 @end defvr
6520
6521 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6522 @anchor{RSH}
6523 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6524 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6525 to use public key authentication.
6526 @end defvr
6527
6528 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6529
6530 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6531 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6532 of @GNUTAR{}.
6533 @end defvr
6534
6535 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6536
6537 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6538 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6539 @end defvr
6540
6541 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6542
6543 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6544 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6545 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6546 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6547 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6548 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6549
6550 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6551 @end defvr
6552
6553 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6554
6555 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6556
6557 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6558 @end defvr
6559
6560 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6561
6562 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6563 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6564 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6565 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6566 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6567
6568 @end defvr
6569
6570 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6571
6572 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6573 this will just be some literal text.
6574 @end defvr
6575
6576 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6577
6578 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6579 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6580 @end defvr
6581
6582 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6583 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6584
6585 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6586 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6587 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6588
6589 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6590 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6591 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6592
6593 @smallexample
6594 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6595
6596 mt_begin() @{
6597 mt -f "$1" retension
6598 @}
6599 @end smallexample
6600 @end defvr
6601
6602 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6603 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6604 follows:
6605
6606 @smallexample
6607 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6608
6609 mt_rewind() @{
6610 mt -f "$1" rewind
6611 @}
6612 @end smallexample
6613
6614 @end defvr
6615
6616 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6617 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6618 it is defined as follows:
6619
6620 @smallexample
6621 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6622
6623 mt_offline() @{
6624 mt -f "$1" offl
6625 @}
6626 @end smallexample
6627 @end defvr
6628
6629 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6630 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6631 including error count. Default definition:
6632
6633 @smallexample
6634 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6635
6636 mt_status() @{
6637 mt -f "$1" status
6638 @}
6639 @end smallexample
6640 @end defvr
6641
6642 @node User Hooks
6643 @subsection User Hooks
6644
6645 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6646 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6647 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6648 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6649 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6650 taking four arguments:
6651
6652 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6653 Its arguments are:
6654
6655 @table @var
6656 @item level
6657 Current backup or restore level.
6658
6659 @item host
6660 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6661
6662 @item fs
6663 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6664
6665 @item fsname
6666 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6667 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6668 @end table
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6672
6673 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6674 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6675 @end defvr
6676
6677 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6678 Executed after dumping the file system.
6679 @end defvr
6680
6681 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6682 Executed before restoring the file system.
6683 @end defvr
6684
6685 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6686 Executed after restoring the file system.
6687 @end defvr
6688
6689 @node backup-specs example
6690 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6691
6692 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6693
6694 @smallexample
6695 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6696
6697 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6698 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6699 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6700
6701 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6702 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6703 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6704
6705 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6706 my_status() @{
6707 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6708 @}
6709 MT_STATUS=my_status
6710
6711 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6712 MT_OFFLINE=:
6713
6714 BLOCKING=124
6715 BACKUP_DIRS="
6716 albert:/fs/fsf
6717 apple-gunkies:/gd
6718 albert:/fs/gd2
6719 albert:/fs/gp
6720 geech:/usr/jla
6721 churchy:/usr/roland
6722 albert:/
6723 albert:/usr
6724 apple-gunkies:/
6725 apple-gunkies:/usr
6726 gnu:/hack
6727 gnu:/u
6728 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6729 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6730
6731 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6732
6733 @end smallexample
6734
6735 @node Scripted Backups
6736 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6737
6738 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6739
6740 @smallexample
6741 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6742 @end smallexample
6743
6744 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6745 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6746 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6747 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6748 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6749 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6750 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6751 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6752 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6753 create a level one dump.}.
6754
6755 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6756 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6757
6758 @table @asis
6759 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6760
6761 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6762
6763 @item @var{hh}
6764
6765 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6766
6767 @item now
6768
6769 The dump must be run immediately.
6770 @end table
6771
6772 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6773 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6774 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6775 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6776 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6777 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6778 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6779 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6780 Restoration}).
6781
6782 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6783 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6784 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6785 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6786 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6787 file.
6788
6789 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6790 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6791 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6792 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6793 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6794 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6795 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6796
6797 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6798 standard output.
6799
6800 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6801 script:
6802
6803 @table @option
6804 @item -l @var{level}
6805 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6806 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6807
6808 @item -f
6809 @itemx --force
6810 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6811
6812 @item -v[@var{level}]
6813 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6814 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6815 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6816 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6817
6818 @item -t @var{start-time}
6819 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6820 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6821
6822 @item -h
6823 @itemx --help
6824 Display short help message and exit.
6825
6826 @item -V
6827 @itemx --version
6828 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6829 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6830 @end table
6831
6832
6833 @node Scripted Restoration
6834 @section Using the Restore Script
6835
6836 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6837 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6838 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6839 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6840 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6841
6842 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6843 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6844 line. For example, running
6845
6846 @smallexample
6847 restore 'albert:*'
6848 @end smallexample
6849
6850 @noindent
6851 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6852 complicated example:
6853
6854 @smallexample
6855 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6856 @end smallexample
6857
6858 @noindent
6859 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6860 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6861
6862 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6863 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6864 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6865 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6866 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6867 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6868
6869 @smallexample
6870 restore --level=1
6871 @end smallexample
6872
6873 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6874
6875 @table @option
6876 @item -a
6877 @itemx --all
6878 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6879
6880 @item -l @var{level}
6881 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6882 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6883
6884 @item -v[@var{level}]
6885 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6886 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6887 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6888 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6889
6890 @item -h
6891 @itemx --help
6892 Display short help message and exit.
6893
6894 @item -V
6895 @itemx --version
6896 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6897 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6898 @end table
6899
6900 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6901 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6902 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6903 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6904 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6905 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6906 positioning.
6907
6908 @quotation
6909 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6910 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6911 @end quotation
6912
6913 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6914 that determination.
6915
6916 @node Choosing
6917 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6918
6919 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6920 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6921 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6922 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6923 are in specified directories.
6924
6925 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6926
6927 @menu
6928 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6929 * Selecting Archive Members::
6930 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6931 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6932 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6933 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6934 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6935 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6936 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6937 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6938 @end menu
6939
6940 @node file
6941 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6942
6943 @cindex Naming an archive
6944 @cindex Archive Name
6945 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6946 @cindex Where is the archive?
6947 @opindex file
6948 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6949 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6950 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6951 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6952 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6953 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6954 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6955 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6956 instead of the default archive file location.
6957
6958 @table @option
6959 @xopindex{file, short description}
6960 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6961 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6962 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6963 any operation.
6964 @end table
6965
6966 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6967
6968 @smallexample
6969 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6970 @end smallexample
6971
6972 @noindent
6973 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6974 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6975 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6976 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6977 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6978 for the archive name.
6979
6980 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6981 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6982 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6983
6984 @cindex Writing new archives
6985 @cindex Archive creation
6986 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6987 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6988 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6989 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6990
6991 @cindex Standard input and output
6992 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6993 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6994 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6995 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6996 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6997 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6998 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6999
7000 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
7001 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
7002
7003 @smallexample
7004 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
7005 @end smallexample
7006
7007 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
7008
7009 @smallexample
7010 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
7011 @end smallexample
7012
7013 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
7014 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
7015 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
7016 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
7017 of the extracted files.
7018
7019 @cindex Remote devices
7020 @cindex tar to a remote device
7021 @anchor{remote-dev}
7022 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7023 use the following:
7024
7025 @smallexample
7026 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7027 @end smallexample
7028
7029 @noindent
7030 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7031 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7032 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7033 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7034 as the username on the remote machine.
7035
7036 @cindex Local and remote archives
7037 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7038 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7039 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7040 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7041 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7042 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7043 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7044 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7045 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7046 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7047 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7048 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7049 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7050 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7051 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7052
7053 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7054 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7055 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7056 uses this feature.
7057
7058 @node Selecting Archive Members
7059 @section Selecting Archive Members
7060 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7061 @cindex Specifying archive members
7062
7063 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7064 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7065 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7066 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7067
7068 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7069 the command line, as follows:
7070 @smallexample
7071 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7072 @end smallexample
7073
7074 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7075 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7076 option.
7077
7078 @anchor{input name quoting}
7079 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7080 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7081 table:
7082
7083 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7084 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7085 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7086 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7087 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7088 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7089 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7090 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7091 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7092 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7093 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7094 of up to 3 digits)
7095 @end multitable
7096
7097 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7098
7099 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7100 option:
7101
7102 @table @option
7103 @opindex unquote
7104 @item --unquote
7105 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7106
7107 @opindex no-unquote
7108 @item --no-unquote
7109 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7110 @end table
7111
7112 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7113 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7114
7115 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7116 on the operation mode as described below:
7117
7118 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7119 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7120
7121 @smallexample
7122 @group
7123 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7124 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7125 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7126 @end group
7127 @end smallexample
7128
7129 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7130 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7131 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7132
7133 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7134 the contents of the current working directory.
7135
7136 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7137
7138 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7139 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7140 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7141 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7142 of files and archive members.
7143
7144 @node files
7145 @section Reading Names from a File
7146
7147 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7148 @cindex Lists of file names
7149 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7150 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7151 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7152 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7153 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7154 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7155 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7156 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7157 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7158 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7159
7160 @table @option
7161 @opindex files-from
7162 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7163 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7164 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7165 @end table
7166
7167 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7168 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7169 names are read from standard input.
7170
7171 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7172 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7173 command.
7174
7175 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7176
7177 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7178 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7179 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7180 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7181 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7182 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7183 more information.)
7184
7185 @smallexample
7186 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7187 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7188 @end smallexample
7189
7190 @noindent
7191 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7192 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7193 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7194 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7195 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7196 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7197 specifying @option{-C} option:
7198
7199 @smallexample
7200 @group
7201 $ @kbd{cat list}
7202 -C/etc
7203 passwd
7204 hosts
7205 -C/lib
7206 libc.a
7207 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7208 @end group
7209 @end smallexample
7210
7211 @noindent
7212 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7213 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7214 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7215 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7216 contain:
7217
7218 @smallexample
7219 @group
7220 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7221 passwd
7222 hosts
7223 libc.a
7224 @end group
7225 @end smallexample
7226
7227 @opindex add-file
7228 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7229 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7230 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7231
7232 @menu
7233 * nul::
7234 @end menu
7235
7236 @node nul
7237 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7238
7239 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7240 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7241 The @option{--null} option causes
7242 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7243 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7244 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7245 @option{--files-from}.
7246
7247 @table @option
7248 @xopindex{null, described}
7249 @item --null
7250 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7251 terminate in a newline.
7252
7253 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7254 @item --no-null
7255 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7256 @end table
7257
7258 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7259 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7260 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7261 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7262 file names that begin with dash.
7263
7264 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7265 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7266 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7267 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7268 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7269 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7270 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7271 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7272 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7273
7274 @smallexample
7275 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7276 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7277 @end smallexample
7278
7279 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7280 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7281 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7282 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7283
7284 @smallexample
7285 @group
7286 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7287 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7288 @end group
7289 @end smallexample
7290
7291 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7292 very long lines.
7293
7294 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7295 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7296 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7297 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7298 actually given:
7299
7300 @smallexample
7301 @group
7302 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7303 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7304 @end group
7305 @end smallexample
7306
7307 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7308 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7309 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7310 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7311
7312 @node exclude
7313 @section Excluding Some Files
7314
7315 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7316 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7317 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7318 @opindex exclude
7319 @opindex exclude-from
7320 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7321 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7322
7323 @table @option
7324 @opindex exclude
7325 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7326 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7327 @end table
7328
7329 @findex exclude
7330 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7331 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7332 being operated on.
7333 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7334 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7335 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7336
7337 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7338
7339 @table @option
7340 @opindex exclude-from
7341 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7342 @itemx -X @var{file}
7343 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7344 @var{file}.
7345 @end table
7346
7347 @findex exclude-from
7348 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7349 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7350 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7351 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7352 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7353 added to the archive.
7354
7355 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7356 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7357 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7358
7359 However, empty lines are OK.
7360
7361 @table @option
7362 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7363 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7364 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7365 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7366 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7367 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7368 @cindex git, excluding files
7369 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7370 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7371 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7372 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7373 @opindex exclude-vcs
7374 @item --exclude-vcs
7375 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7376 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7377 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7378
7379 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7380
7381 @itemize @bullet
7382 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7383 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7384 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7385 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7386 @item @file{.gitignore}
7387 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7388 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7389 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7390 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7391 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7392 @item @file{=meta-update}
7393 @item @file{=update}
7394 @item @file{.bzr}
7395 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7396 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7397 @item @file{.hg}
7398 @item @file{.hgignore}
7399 @item @file{.hgrags}
7400 @item @file{_darcs}
7401 @end itemize
7402
7403 @opindex exclude-backups
7404 @item --exclude-backups
7405 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7406 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7407
7408 @table @asis
7409 @item .#*
7410 @item *~
7411 @item #*#
7412 @end table
7413
7414 @end table
7415
7416 @findex exclude-caches
7417 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7418 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7419 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7420 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7421 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7422 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7423 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7424 more easily excluded from backups.
7425
7426 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7427 exclusion semantics:
7428
7429 @table @option
7430 @opindex exclude-caches
7431 @item --exclude-caches
7432 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7433 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7434
7435 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7436 @item --exclude-caches-under
7437 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7438 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7439
7440 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7441 @item --exclude-caches-all
7442 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7443 @end table
7444
7445 @findex exclude-tag
7446 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7447 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7448 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7449 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7450 option family:
7451
7452 @table @option
7453 @opindex exclude-tag
7454 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7455 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7456 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7457
7458 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7459 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7460 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7461 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7462
7463 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7464 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7465 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7466 @end table
7467
7468 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7469
7470 For example, given this directory:
7471
7472 @smallexample
7473 @group
7474 $ @kbd{find dir}
7475 dir
7476 dir/blues
7477 dir/jazz
7478 dir/folk
7479 dir/folk/tagfile
7480 dir/folk/sanjuan
7481 dir/folk/trote
7482 @end group
7483 @end smallexample
7484
7485 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7486
7487 @smallexample
7488 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7489 dir/
7490 dir/blues
7491 dir/jazz
7492 dir/folk/
7493 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7494 contents not dumped
7495 dir/folk/tagfile
7496 @end smallexample
7497
7498 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7499 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7500
7501 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7502 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7503 itself, as shown in this example:
7504
7505 @smallexample
7506 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7507 dir/
7508 dir/blues
7509 dir/jazz
7510 dir/folk/
7511 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7512 contents not dumped
7513 @end smallexample
7514
7515 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7516 directory entirely:
7517
7518 @smallexample
7519 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7520 dir/
7521 dir/blues
7522 dir/jazz
7523 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7524 directory not dumped
7525 @end smallexample
7526
7527 @menu
7528 * problems with exclude::
7529 @end menu
7530
7531 @node problems with exclude
7532 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7533
7534 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7535 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7536 pitfalls:
7537
7538 @itemize @bullet
7539 @item
7540 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7541 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7542 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7543 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7544 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7545 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7546
7547 @item
7548 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7549 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7550 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7551 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7552 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7553 zero, one, or many files.
7554
7555 @item
7556 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7557 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7558 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7559 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7560 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7561 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7562
7563 For example, write:
7564
7565 @smallexample
7566 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7567 @end smallexample
7568
7569 @noindent
7570 rather than:
7571
7572 @smallexample
7573 # @emph{Wrong!}
7574 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7575 @end smallexample
7576
7577 @item
7578 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7579 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7580 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7581 might fail.
7582
7583 @item
7584 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7585 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7586 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7587 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7588 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7589 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7590 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7591 file.
7592
7593 @end itemize
7594
7595 @node wildcards
7596 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7597
7598 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7599 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7600 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7601 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7602 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7603 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7604 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7605
7606 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7607
7608 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7609 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7610 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7611 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7612 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7613 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7614 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7615 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7616 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7617
7618 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7619 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7620 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7621 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7622 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7623 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7624 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7625 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7626 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7627 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7628
7629 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7630 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7631 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7632 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7633 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7634 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7635
7636 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7637 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7638 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7639 @var{e}, inclusive.
7640
7641 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7642 who don't have dan around.}
7643
7644 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7645 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7646 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7647 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7648
7649 @menu
7650 * controlling pattern-matching::
7651 @end menu
7652
7653 @node controlling pattern-matching
7654 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7655
7656 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7657 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7658 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7659 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7660 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7661
7662 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7663 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7664 @option{--update}.
7665
7666 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7667 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7668 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7669
7670 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7671 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7672 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7673 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7674 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7675 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7676
7677 @smallexample
7678 @group
7679 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7680 a.c
7681 b.c
7682 a.txt
7683 [remarks]
7684 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7685 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7686 [remarks]
7687 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7688 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7689 a.txt
7690 [remarks]
7691 @end group
7692 @end smallexample
7693
7694 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7695
7696 @table @option
7697 @opindex wildcards
7698 @item --wildcards
7699 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7700
7701 @opindex no-wildcards
7702 @item --no-wildcards
7703 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7704 @end table
7705
7706 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7707
7708 @smallexample
7709 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7710 a.c
7711 b.c
7712 @end smallexample
7713
7714 @noindent
7715 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7716 it.
7717
7718 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7719 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7720 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7721 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7722
7723 @smallexample
7724 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7725 @end smallexample
7726
7727 @noindent
7728 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7729 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7730
7731 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7732 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7733 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7734 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7735
7736 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7737 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7738 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7739 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7740
7741 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7742 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7743
7744 @smallexample
7745 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7746 @end smallexample
7747
7748 @noindent
7749 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7750 @samp{readme}.
7751
7752 @table @option
7753 @opindex anchored
7754 @opindex no-anchored
7755 @item --anchored
7756 @itemx --no-anchored
7757 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7758 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7759 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7760 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7761
7762 @opindex ignore-case
7763 @opindex no-ignore-case
7764 @item --ignore-case
7765 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7766 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7767 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7768
7769 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7770 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7771 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7772 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7773 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7774 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7775 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7776
7777 @end table
7778
7779 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7780 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7781 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7782 the name's parent directories.
7783
7784 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7785
7786 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7787 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7788 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7789 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7790 @end multitable
7791
7792 @node quoting styles
7793 @section Quoting Member Names
7794
7795 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7796 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7797 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7798
7799 @itemize @bullet
7800 @item Non-printable control characters:
7801 @anchor{escape sequences}
7802 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7803 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7804 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7805 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7806 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7807 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7808 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7809 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7810 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7811 @end multitable
7812
7813 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7814
7815 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7816
7817 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7818 @end itemize
7819
7820 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7821 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7822 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7823 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7824 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7825 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7826
7827 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7828 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7829
7830 @table @option
7831 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7832 @opindex quoting-style
7833
7834 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7835 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7836 @end table
7837
7838 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7839 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7840 containing the following members:
7841
7842 @smallexample
7843 @group
7844 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7845 a tab
7846 # 2. Contains newline character
7847 a
7848 newline
7849 # 3. Contains a space
7850 a space
7851 # 4. Contains double quotes
7852 a"double"quote
7853 # 5. Contains single quotes
7854 a'single'quote
7855 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7856 a\backslash
7857 @end group
7858 @end smallexample
7859
7860 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7861 had existed in the current working directory:
7862
7863 @smallexample
7864 @group
7865 $ @kbd{ls}
7866 a\ttab
7867 a\nnewline
7868 a\ space
7869 a"double"quote
7870 a'single'quote
7871 a\\backslash
7872 @end group
7873 @end smallexample
7874
7875 Quoting styles:
7876
7877 @table @samp
7878 @item literal
7879 No quoting, display each character as is:
7880
7881 @smallexample
7882 @group
7883 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7884 ./
7885 ./a space
7886 ./a'single'quote
7887 ./a"double"quote
7888 ./a\backslash
7889 ./a tab
7890 ./a
7891 newline
7892 @end group
7893 @end smallexample
7894
7895 @item shell
7896 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7897 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7898 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7899 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7900 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7901 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7902
7903 @smallexample
7904 @group
7905 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7906 ./
7907 './a space'
7908 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7909 './a"double"quote'
7910 './a\backslash'
7911 './a tab'
7912 './a
7913 newline'
7914 @end group
7915 @end smallexample
7916
7917 @item shell-always
7918 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7919 quotes:
7920
7921 @smallexample
7922 @group
7923 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7924 './'
7925 './a space'
7926 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7927 './a"double"quote'
7928 './a\backslash'
7929 './a tab'
7930 './a
7931 newline'
7932 @end group
7933 @end smallexample
7934
7935 @item c
7936 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7937 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7938 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7939 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7940 spaces are not quoted:
7941
7942 @smallexample
7943 @group
7944 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7945 "./"
7946 "./a space"
7947 "./a'single'quote"
7948 "./a\"double\"quote"
7949 "./a\\backslash"
7950 "./a\ttab"
7951 "./a\nnewline"
7952 @end group
7953 @end smallexample
7954
7955 @item escape
7956 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7957 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7958 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7959 package.
7960
7961 @smallexample
7962 @group
7963 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7964 ./
7965 ./a space
7966 ./a'single'quote
7967 ./a"double"quote
7968 ./a\\backslash
7969 ./a\ttab
7970 ./a\nnewline
7971 @end group
7972 @end smallexample
7973
7974 @item locale
7975 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7976 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7977 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7978 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
7979 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7980 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7981
7982 For example:
7983
7984 @smallexample
7985 @group
7986 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7987 './'
7988 './a space'
7989 './a\'single\'quote'
7990 './a"double"quote'
7991 './a\\backslash'
7992 './a\ttab'
7993 './a\nnewline'
7994 @end group
7995 @end smallexample
7996
7997 @item clocale
7998 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7999 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
8000
8001 @smallexample
8002 @group
8003 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
8004 "./"
8005 "./a space"
8006 "./a'single'quote"
8007 "./a\"double\"quote"
8008 "./a\\backslash"
8009 "./a\ttab"
8010 "./a\nnewline"
8011 @end group
8012 @end smallexample
8013 @end table
8014
8015 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
8016 implied by the current quoting style:
8017
8018 @table @option
8019 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8020 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8021 quoting style would not quote them.
8022 @end table
8023
8024 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8025 escape listing above):
8026
8027 @smallexample
8028 @group
8029 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8030 ./
8031 ./a\ space
8032 ./a'single'quote
8033 ./a\"double\"quote
8034 ./a\\backslash
8035 ./a\ttab
8036 ./a\nnewline
8037 @end group
8038 @end smallexample
8039
8040 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8041 option:
8042
8043 @table @option
8044 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8045 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8046 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8047 @end table
8048
8049 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8050 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8051 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8052
8053 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8054 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8055
8056 @node transform
8057 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8058
8059 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8060 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8061 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8062 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8063 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8064 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8065 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8066
8067 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8068 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8069 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8070 special option for handling them, which is described in
8071 @ref{absolute}.
8072
8073 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8074 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8075 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8076 archive.
8077
8078 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8079
8080 @table @option
8081 @opindex strip-components
8082 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8083 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8084 extraction.
8085 @end table
8086
8087 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8088 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8089 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8090 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8091
8092 @smallexample
8093 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8094 @end smallexample
8095
8096 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8097 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8098 name.
8099
8100 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8101 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8102 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8103 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8104 altering this behavior:
8105
8106 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8107 @table @option
8108 @opindex show-transformed-names
8109 @item --show-transformed-names
8110 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8111 applied.
8112 @end table
8113
8114 @noindent
8115 For example:
8116
8117 @smallexample
8118 @group
8119 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8120 usr/include/stdlib.h
8121 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8122 stdlib.h
8123 @end group
8124 @end smallexample
8125
8126 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8127 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8128 only the way its name is displayed.
8129
8130 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8131 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8132
8133 @smallexample
8134 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8135 @end smallexample
8136
8137 @noindent
8138 it is often advisable to run
8139
8140 @smallexample
8141 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8142 @end smallexample
8143
8144 @noindent
8145 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8146
8147 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8148 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8149
8150 @table @option
8151 @opindex transform
8152 @opindex xform
8153 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8154 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8155 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8156 @end table
8157
8158 @noindent
8159 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8160 form:
8161
8162 @smallexample
8163 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8164 @end smallexample
8165
8166 @noindent
8167 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8168 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8169 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8170 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8171
8172 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8173 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8174 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8175
8176 @smallexample
8177 @group
8178 s/one/two/
8179 s,one,two,
8180 @end group
8181 @end smallexample
8182
8183 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8184 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8185 @code{s/\//-/}.
8186
8187 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8188 separated by a semicolon.
8189
8190 Supported @var{flags} are:
8191
8192 @table @samp
8193 @item g
8194 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8195 just the first.
8196
8197 @item i
8198 Use case-insensitive matching.
8199
8200 @item x
8201 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8202 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8203 sed, GNU sed}).
8204
8205 @item @var{number}
8206 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8207
8208 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8209 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8210 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8211 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8212 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8213 @var{number}th on.
8214
8215 @end table
8216
8217 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8218 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8219
8220 @table @samp
8221 @item r
8222 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8223
8224 @item R
8225 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8226
8227 @item s
8228 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8229
8230 @item S
8231 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8232
8233 @item h
8234 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8235
8236 @item H
8237 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8238 @end table
8239
8240 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8241 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8242
8243 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8244 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8245 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8246 occurs first. For example:
8247
8248 @smallexample
8249 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8250 @end smallexample
8251
8252 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8253
8254 @enumerate
8255 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8256
8257 @smallexample
8258 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8259 @end smallexample
8260
8261 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8262 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8263
8264 @smallexample
8265 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8266 @end smallexample
8267
8268 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8269
8270 @smallexample
8271 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8272 @end smallexample
8273
8274 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8275
8276 @smallexample
8277 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8278 @end smallexample
8279
8280 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8281 to each archive member:
8282
8283 @smallexample
8284 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8285 @end smallexample
8286 @end enumerate
8287
8288 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8289 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8290 It may look, for example, like this:
8291
8292 @smallexample
8293 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8294 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8295 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8296 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8297 ...
8298 @end smallexample
8299
8300 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8301 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8302 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8303
8304 @smallexample
8305 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8306 @end smallexample
8307
8308 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8309 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8310 transformations. The result is:
8311
8312 @smallexample
8313 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8314 --show-transformed /lib}
8315 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8316 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8317 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8318 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8319 @end smallexample
8320
8321 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8322 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8323 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8324 component with @file{var/}:
8325
8326 @smallexample
8327 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8328 @end smallexample
8329
8330 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8331 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8332
8333 @smallexample
8334 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8335 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8336 @end smallexample
8337
8338 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8339 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8340 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8341
8342 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8343 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8344 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8345 are equivalent:
8346
8347 @smallexample
8348 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8349 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8350 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8351 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8352 @end smallexample
8353
8354 @node after
8355 @section Operating Only on New Files
8356
8357 @cindex Excluding file by age
8358 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8359 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8360 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8361 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8362 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8363 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8364 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8365 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8366 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8367 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8368 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8369 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8370
8371 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8372 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8373 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8374
8375 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8376 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8377 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8378 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8379 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8380 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8381
8382 @table @option
8383 @opindex after-date
8384 @opindex newer
8385 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8386 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8387 @itemx -N @var{date}
8388 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8389
8390 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8391 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8392
8393 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8394 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8395
8396 @opindex newer-mtime
8397 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8398 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8399 @end table
8400
8401 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8402 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8403 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8404 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8405 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8406 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8407
8408 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8409 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8410 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8411 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8412 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8413 field.
8414
8415 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8416 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8417 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8418 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8419 contents of the file were looked at).
8420
8421 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8422 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8423 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8424 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8425
8426 @smallexample
8427 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8428 @end smallexample
8429
8430 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8431 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8432 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8433 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8434 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8435 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8436
8437 @smallexample
8438 @group
8439 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8440 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8441 13:19:37.232434
8442 @end group
8443 @end smallexample
8444
8445 @quotation
8446 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8447 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8448 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8449 @end quotation
8450
8451 @node recurse
8452 @section Descending into Directories
8453 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8454 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8455 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8456 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8457
8458 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8459 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8460 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8461 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8462
8463 @opindex no-recursion
8464 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8465 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8466 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8467 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8468 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8469 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8470 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8471 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8472 @command{tar}.
8473
8474 @table @option
8475 @item --no-recursion
8476 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8477
8478 @opindex recursion
8479 @item --recursion
8480 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8481 This is the default.
8482 @end table
8483
8484 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8485 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8486 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8487 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8488 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8489 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8490 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8491 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8492 the files located via @command{find}.
8493
8494 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8495 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8496 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8497 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8498 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8499 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8500 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8501 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8502
8503 @smallexample
8504 @group
8505 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8506 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8507 @end group
8508 @end smallexample
8509
8510 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8511 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8512 the files under those directories.
8513
8514 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8515 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8516
8517 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8518 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8519 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8520
8521 @smallexample
8522 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8523 @end smallexample
8524
8525 @noindent
8526 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8527 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8528 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8529
8530 @node one
8531 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8532 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8533
8534 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8535 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8536 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8537 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8538 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8539 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8540 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8541
8542 @table @option
8543 @opindex one-file-system
8544 @item --one-file-system
8545 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8546 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8547 @end table
8548
8549 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8550 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8551 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8552 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8553 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8554 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8555
8556 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8557 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8558 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8559 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8560
8561 @menu
8562 * directory:: Changing Directory
8563 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8564 @end menu
8565
8566 @node directory
8567 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8568
8569 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8570 things around some.}
8571
8572 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8573 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8574 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8575 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8576 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8577 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8578 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8579 after that point in the list.
8580
8581 @table @option
8582 @opindex directory
8583 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8584 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8585 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8586 @end table
8587
8588 For example,
8589
8590 @smallexample
8591 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8592 @end smallexample
8593
8594 @noindent
8595 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8596 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8597 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8598 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8599 store in the same archive.
8600
8601 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8602 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8603 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8604 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8605 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8606
8607 Contrast this with the command,
8608
8609 @smallexample
8610 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8611 @end smallexample
8612
8613 @noindent
8614 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8615 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8616 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8617 named @file{red}.
8618
8619 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8620 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8621 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8622 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8623 @file{foo.tar}:
8624
8625 @smallexample
8626 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8627 @end smallexample
8628
8629 @noindent
8630 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8631 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8632 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8633 directories where those files were located.
8634
8635 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8636 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8637 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8638 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8639 @option{--directory} option.
8640
8641 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8642 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8643 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8644 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8645 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8646 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8647 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8648
8649 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8650
8651 @smallexample
8652 @group
8653 -C/etc
8654 passwd
8655 hosts
8656 --directory=/lib
8657 libc.a
8658 @end group
8659 @end smallexample
8660
8661 @noindent
8662 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8663
8664 @smallexample
8665 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8666 @end smallexample
8667
8668 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8669 @option{--null} option.
8670
8671 @node absolute
8672 @subsection Absolute File Names
8673 @cindex absolute file names
8674 @cindex file names, absolute
8675
8676 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8677 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8678 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8679
8680 @table @option
8681 @opindex absolute-names
8682 @item --absolute-names
8683 @itemx -P
8684 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8685 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8686 @end table
8687
8688 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8689 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8690 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8691 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8692 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8693 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8694 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8695 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8696
8697 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8698 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8699 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8700
8701 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8702 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8703 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8704 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8705 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8706 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8707 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8708 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8709 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8710 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8711 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8712 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8713 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8714
8715 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8716 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8717 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8718
8719 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8720 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8721
8722 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8723 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8724
8725 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8726 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8727 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8728
8729 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8730 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8731 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8732 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8733 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8734 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8735
8736 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8737 to transfer files between systems.}
8738
8739 @table @option
8740 @item --absolute-names
8741 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8742 archiving and extracting files.
8743
8744 @end table
8745
8746 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8747 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8748 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8749 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8750
8751 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8752 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8753 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8754
8755 @smallexample
8756 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8757 @end smallexample
8758
8759 @noindent
8760 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8761 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8762 For example:
8763
8764 @smallexample
8765 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8766 @end smallexample
8767
8768 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8769 of using this option.
8770
8771 @include parse-datetime.texi
8772
8773 @node Formats
8774 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8775
8776 @cindex Tar archive formats
8777 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8778 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8779 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8780
8781 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8782 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8783
8784 @table @asis
8785 @item gnu
8786 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8787 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8788 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8789 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8790 formats.
8791
8792 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8793 length.
8794
8795 @item oldgnu
8796 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8797
8798 @item v7
8799 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8800 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8801 are:
8802
8803 @enumerate
8804 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8805 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8806 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8807 devices, fifos etc.)
8808 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8809 octal)
8810 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8811 and group name of the file owner).
8812 @end enumerate
8813
8814 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8815 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8816 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8817 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8818 Automake prior to 1.9.
8819
8820 @item ustar
8821 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8822 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8823 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8824
8825 @enumerate
8826 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8827 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8828 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8829 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8830 characters.
8831 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8832 100 characters.
8833 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8834 is 8GB
8835 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8836 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8837 @end enumerate
8838
8839 @item star
8840 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8841 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8842 currently does not produce them.
8843
8844 @item posix
8845 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8846 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8847 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8848 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8849 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8850 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8851 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8852 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8853 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8854
8855 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8856 of @GNUTAR{}.
8857
8858 @end table
8859
8860 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8861 formats:
8862
8863 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8864 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8865 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8866 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8867 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8868 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8869 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8870 @end multitable
8871
8872 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8873 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8874 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8875 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8876 switch to @samp{posix}.
8877
8878 @menu
8879 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8880 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8881 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8882 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8883 @end menu
8884
8885 @node Compression
8886 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8887
8888 @menu
8889 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8890 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8891 @end menu
8892
8893 @node gzip
8894 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8895 @cindex Compressed archives
8896 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8897
8898 @cindex gzip
8899 @cindex bzip2
8900 @cindex lzip
8901 @cindex lzma
8902 @cindex lzop
8903 @cindex compress
8904 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8905 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8906 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8907 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8908 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8909 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8910 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8911
8912 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8913 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8914 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8915 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8916 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8917 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8918 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8919 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8920 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8921 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8922 For example:
8923
8924 @smallexample
8925 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
8926 @end smallexample
8927
8928 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
8929 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8930 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8931 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8932 compression:
8933
8934 @smallexample
8935 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
8936 @end smallexample
8937
8938 @noindent
8939 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8940
8941 @smallexample
8942 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
8943 @end smallexample
8944
8945 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8946 see @ref{auto-compress}.
8947
8948 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8949 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8950 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8951 archive created in previous example:
8952
8953 @smallexample
8954 # List the compressed archive
8955 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8956 # Extract the compressed archive
8957 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8958 @end smallexample
8959
8960 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8961 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8962 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8963 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8964 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8965
8966 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
8967 @cindex alternative decompression programs
8968 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
8969 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
8970 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
8971 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
8972 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
8973 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
8974 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
8975 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
8976
8977 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
8978 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
8979 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
8980 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
8981 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
8982 @end multitable
8983
8984 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8985 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8986 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8987 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8988
8989 @smallexample
8990 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8991 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8992 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8993 @end smallexample
8994
8995 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8996 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8997
8998 @smallexample
8999 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
9000 @end smallexample
9001
9002 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
9003 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
9004 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
9005 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
9006 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
9007 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
9008 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
9009 archives cannot be compressed.
9010
9011 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
9012
9013 @table @option
9014 @opindex gzip
9015 @opindex ungzip
9016 @item -z
9017 @itemx --gzip
9018 @itemx --ungzip
9019 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9020
9021 @opindex xz
9022 @item -J
9023 @itemx --xz
9024 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9025
9026 @item -j
9027 @itemx --bzip2
9028 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9029
9030 @opindex lzip
9031 @item --lzip
9032 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9033
9034 @opindex lzma
9035 @item --lzma
9036 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9037
9038 @opindex lzop
9039 @item --lzop
9040 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9041
9042 @opindex compress
9043 @opindex uncompress
9044 @item -Z
9045 @itemx --compress
9046 @itemx --uncompress
9047 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9048 @end table
9049
9050 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9051 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9052 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9053 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9054 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9055 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9056
9057 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9058 compressor names along with each of these options.
9059
9060 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9061 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9062 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9063 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9064 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
9065 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9066 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9067 @env{GZIP}:
9068
9069 @smallexample
9070 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9071 @end smallexample
9072 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9073 below), e.g.:
9074
9075 @smallexample
9076 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9077 @end smallexample
9078
9079 @noindent
9080 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9081
9082 @smallexample
9083 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9084 @end smallexample
9085
9086 @cindex corrupted archives
9087 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9088 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9089 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9090 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9091 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9092 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9093
9094 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9095 compressed archives. These are:
9096
9097 @table @option
9098 @anchor{auto-compress}
9099 @opindex auto-compress
9100 @item --auto-compress
9101 @itemx -a
9102 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9103 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9104
9105 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9106 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9107 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9108 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9109 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9110 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9111 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9112 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9113 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9114 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9115 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9116 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9117 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9118 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9119 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9120 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9121 @end multitable
9122
9123 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9124 @opindex use-compress-program
9125 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9126 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9127 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9128 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9129 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9130 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9131 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9132 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9133 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9134
9135 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9136
9137 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9138 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9139
9140 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9141 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9142 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9143
9144 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9145 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9146 @end table
9147
9148 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9149 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9150 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9151 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9152 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9153 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9154 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9155 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9156 Manual}). The following script does that:
9157
9158 @smallexample
9159 @group
9160 #! /bin/sh
9161 case $1 in
9162 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9163 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9164 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9165 esac
9166 @end group
9167 @end smallexample
9168
9169 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9170 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9171 archive signed with your private key:
9172
9173 @smallexample
9174 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9175 @end smallexample
9176
9177 @noindent
9178 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9179
9180 @smallexample
9181 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9182 @end smallexample
9183
9184 @ignore
9185 The above is based on the following discussion:
9186
9187 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9188 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9189 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9190 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9191 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9192 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9193 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9194 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9195 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9196 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9197
9198 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9199 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9200 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9201 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9202 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9203
9204 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9205 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9206 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9207 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9208 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9209
9210 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9211 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9212 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9213 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9214 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9215 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9216
9217 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9218 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9219 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9220 end up with less space on the tape.
9221 @end ignore
9222
9223 @menu
9224 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9225 @end menu
9226
9227 @node lbzip2
9228 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9229 @cindex lbzip2
9230 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9231 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9232 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9233 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9234 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9235 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9236 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9237 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9238
9239 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9240 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9241 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9242 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9243 line option, like this:
9244
9245 @smallexample
9246 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9247 @end smallexample
9248
9249 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9250 following:
9251
9252 @smallexample
9253 @group
9254 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9255 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9256 @end group
9257 @end smallexample
9258
9259 @noindent
9260 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9261
9262 @node sparse
9263 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9264 @cindex Sparse Files
9265
9266 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9267 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9268 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9269 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9270 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9271 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9272 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9273 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9274 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9275 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9276 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9277 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9278 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9279 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9280 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9281 won't take more space than the original.
9282
9283 @table @option
9284 @opindex sparse
9285 @item -S
9286 @itemx --sparse
9287 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9288 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9289 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9290 used by its image in the archive.
9291
9292 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9293 has no effect on extraction.
9294 @end table
9295
9296 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9297 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9298 system.
9299
9300 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9301 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9302 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9303 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9304 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9305 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9306
9307 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9308 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9309 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9310 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9311 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9312 the time needed to archive them without it.
9313 @FIXME{A technical note:
9314
9315 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9316 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9317 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9318 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9319 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9320 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9321 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9322 1990-12-10:
9323
9324 @quotation
9325 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9326 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9327 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9328 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9329 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9330 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9331
9332 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9333 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9334 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9335 get it right.
9336 @end quotation
9337 }
9338
9339 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9340 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9341 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9342 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9343 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9344 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9345 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9346 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9347
9348 @table @option
9349 @opindex sparse-version
9350 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9351
9352 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9353 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9354 for a detailed description of each format.
9355 @end table
9356
9357 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9358
9359 @node Attributes
9360 @section Handling File Attributes
9361 @cindex atrributes, files
9362 @cindex file attributes
9363
9364 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9365 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9366 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9367 place.
9368
9369 @table @option
9370 @opindex atime-preserve
9371 @item --atime-preserve
9372 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9373 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9374 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9375 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9376
9377 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9378 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9379 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9380 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9381 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9382 running.
9383
9384 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9385 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9386 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9387 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9388 complains right away.
9389
9390 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9391 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9392 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9393
9394 @opindex touch
9395 @item -m
9396 @itemx --touch
9397 Do not extract data modification time.
9398
9399 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9400 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9401 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9402
9403 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9404
9405 @opindex same-owner
9406 @item --same-owner
9407 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9408 archive.
9409
9410 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9411 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9412 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9413 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9414 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9415 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9416 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9417
9418 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9419 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9420 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9421 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9422 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9423 the archive instead.
9424
9425 @opindex no-same-owner
9426 @item --no-same-owner
9427 @itemx -o
9428 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9429 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9430 only for the superuser.
9431
9432 @opindex numeric-owner
9433 @item --numeric-owner
9434 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9435 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9436 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9437 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9438 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9439
9440 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9441 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9442 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9443 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9444 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9445 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9446 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9447 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9448
9449 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9450 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9451 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9452 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9453 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9454 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9455
9456 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9457 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9458 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9459 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9460 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9461 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9462 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9463 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9464 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9465 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9466 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9467 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9468 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9469 gives you a great deal of control already.
9470
9471 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9472 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9473 @item -p
9474 @itemx --same-permissions
9475 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9476 Extract all protection information.
9477
9478 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9479 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9480 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9481 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9482 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9483
9484
9485 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9486
9487 @opindex preserve
9488 @item --preserve
9489 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9490
9491 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9492
9493 @end table
9494
9495 @node Portability
9496 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9497
9498 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9499 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9500 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9501 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9502 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9503 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9504 archives more portable.
9505
9506 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9507 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9508 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9509 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9510
9511 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9512 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9513
9514 @menu
9515 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9516 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9517 * hard links:: Hard Links
9518 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9519 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9520 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9521 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9522 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9523 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9524 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9525 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9526 @end menu
9527
9528 @node Portable Names
9529 @subsection Portable Names
9530
9531 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9532 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9533 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9534 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9535 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9536 less.
9537
9538 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9539 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9540 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9541 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9542 than System V's.
9543
9544 @node dereference
9545 @subsection Symbolic Links
9546 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9547 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9548
9549 @opindex dereference
9550 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9551 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9552 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9553 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9554 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9555 symbolic links point to, instead of
9556 the links themselves.
9557
9558 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9559 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9560 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9561 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9562
9563 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9564 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9565 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9566 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9567 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9568 Files}.
9569
9570 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9571 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9572
9573 @node hard links
9574 @subsection Hard Links
9575 @cindex File names, using hard links
9576 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9577 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9578
9579 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9580 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9581 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9582 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9583
9584 @smallexample
9585 @group
9586 $ ls -l
9587 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9588 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9589 @end group
9590 @end smallexample
9591
9592 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9593 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9594 the following:
9595
9596 @smallexample
9597 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9598 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9599 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9600 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9601 @end smallexample
9602
9603 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9604 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9605 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9606
9607 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9608 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9609 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9610
9611 @table @option
9612 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9613 @item --check-links
9614 @itemx -l
9615 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9616 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9617 a warning message.
9618 @end table
9619
9620 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9621 produces the following diagnostics:
9622
9623 @smallexample
9624 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9625 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9626 @end smallexample
9627
9628 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9629 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9630 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9631 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9632 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9633 @file{jeden}:
9634
9635 @smallexample
9636 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9637 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9638 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9639 @end smallexample
9640
9641 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9642 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9643 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9644 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9645 use the following option:
9646
9647 @table @option
9648 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9649 @item --hard-dereference
9650 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9651 @end table
9652
9653 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9654 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9655 independently of the other:
9656
9657 @smallexample
9658 @group
9659 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9660 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9661 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9662 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9663 @end group
9664 @end smallexample
9665
9666 @node old
9667 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9668 @cindex Format, old style
9669 @cindex Old style format
9670 @cindex Old style archives
9671 @cindex v7 archive format
9672
9673 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9674 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9675 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9676 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9677 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9678 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9679 option). When you specify it,
9680 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9681 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9682 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9683
9684 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9685 unless the archive was created using this option.
9686
9687 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9688 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9689 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9690 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9691 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9692 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9693 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9694
9695 @node ustar
9696 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9697
9698 @cindex ustar archive format
9699 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9700 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9701 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9702 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9703 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9704 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9705
9706 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9707 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9708
9709 @node gnu
9710 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9711
9712 @cindex GNU archive format
9713 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9714 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9715 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9716 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9717 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9718 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9719 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9720 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9721 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9722 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9723
9724 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9725 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9726 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9727
9728 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9729 @option{--format=gnu}.
9730
9731 @node posix
9732 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9733
9734 @cindex POSIX archive format
9735 @cindex PAX archive format
9736 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9737 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9738
9739 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9740 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9741 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9742 archive.
9743
9744 @menu
9745 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9746 @end menu
9747
9748 @node PAX keywords
9749 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9750
9751 @table @option
9752 @opindex pax-option
9753 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9754 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9755 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9756 @end table
9757
9758 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9759 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9760 the following forms:
9761
9762 @table @code
9763 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9764 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9765 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9766 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9767
9768 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9769 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9770 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9771 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9772 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9773
9774 @smallexample
9775 --pax-option delete=security.*
9776 @end smallexample
9777
9778 would suppress security-related information.
9779
9780 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9781
9782 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9783 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9784 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9785
9786 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9787 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9788 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9789 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9790 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9791 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9792 on the translated file name.
9793 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9794 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9795 @end multitable
9796
9797 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9798 results.
9799
9800 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9801 will use the following default value:
9802
9803 @smallexample
9804 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9805 @end smallexample
9806
9807 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9808
9809 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9810 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9811 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9812 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9813
9814 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9815 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9816 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9817 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9818 the following substitutions:
9819
9820 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9821 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9822 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9823 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9824 starting at 1.
9825 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9826 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9827 @end multitable
9828
9829 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9830
9831 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9832 will use the following default value:
9833
9834 @smallexample
9835 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9836 @end smallexample
9837
9838 @noindent
9839 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9840 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9841 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9842
9843 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9844
9845 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9846 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9847 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9848 @command{tar} was invoked.
9849
9850 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9851 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9852 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9853 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9854 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9855 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9856 record.
9857
9858 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9859 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9860 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9861 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9862 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9863
9864 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9865 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9866 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9867 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9868 For example, in the command:
9869
9870 @smallexample
9871 tar --format=posix --create \
9872 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9873 @end smallexample
9874
9875 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9876 stored in the archive.
9877 @end table
9878
9879 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9880 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9881 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9882 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9883 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9884 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9885
9886 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9887 use the following option:
9888
9889 @smallexample
9890 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9891 @end smallexample
9892
9893 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9894
9895 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9896 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9897 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9898 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9899 same contents:
9900
9901 @smallexample
9902 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9903 @end smallexample
9904
9905 @node Checksumming
9906 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9907
9908 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9909 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9910 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9911 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9912 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9913 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9914 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9915 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9916 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9917 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9918 vice versa.
9919
9920 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accept
9921 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9922 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9923 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9924 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9925 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9926 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9927 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9928
9929 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9930 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9931 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9932 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9933 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9934 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9935 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9936 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9937 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9938 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9939 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9940
9941 @node Large or Negative Values
9942 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9943 @cindex large values
9944 @cindex future time stamps
9945 @cindex negative time stamps
9946 @UNREVISED
9947
9948 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9949 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9950 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9951 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9952 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9953 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9954 help you to do so.
9955
9956 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9957 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9958 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9959 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9960 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9961 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9962 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9963 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9964 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9965 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9966 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9967 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9968 representations.
9969
9970 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9971 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9972 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9973
9974 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9975 POSIX-aware tars.}
9976
9977 @node Other Tars
9978 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9979
9980 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9981 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9982 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9983 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9984 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9985 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9986 how to cope without it.
9987
9988 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9989 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9990 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9991 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9992 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9993 describe the required procedures in detail.
9994
9995 @menu
9996 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9997 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9998 @end menu
9999
10000 @node Split Recovery
10001 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
10002
10003 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
10004 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
10005 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
10006 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
10007 This program is available from
10008 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
10009 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
10010 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
10011 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
10012 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
10013
10014 @smallexample
10015 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
10016 @end smallexample
10017
10018 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10019 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10020 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10021 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10022 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10023 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10024 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10025 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10026
10027 @smallexample
10028 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10029 @end smallexample
10030
10031 @noindent
10032 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10033 have the following meaning:
10034
10035 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10036 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10037 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10038 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10039 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10040 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10041 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10042 created the archive.
10043 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10044 @end multitable
10045
10046 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10047 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10048 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10049
10050 @smallexample
10051 var/longfile
10052 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10053 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10054 @end smallexample
10055
10056 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10057 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10058 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10059 the proper order, for example:
10060
10061 @smallexample
10062 @group
10063 $ @kbd{cd var}
10064 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10065 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10066 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10067 @end group
10068 @end smallexample
10069
10070 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10071 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10072 during extraction. They will look like this:
10073
10074 @smallexample
10075 @group
10076 Tar file too small
10077 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10078 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10079 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10080 @end group
10081 @end smallexample
10082
10083 @noindent
10084 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10085
10086 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10087 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10088
10089 @smallexample
10090 @group
10091 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10092 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10093 normal file
10094 Unexpected EOF in archive
10095 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10096 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10097 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10098 'x', extracted as normal file
10099 @end group
10100 @end smallexample
10101
10102 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10103 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10104 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10105 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10106
10107 @node Sparse Recovery
10108 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10109
10110 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10111 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10112 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10113 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10114 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10115 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10116 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10117
10118 @pindex xsparse
10119 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10120 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10121 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10122 home page}.
10123
10124 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10125 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10126 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10127 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10128 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10129 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10130 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10131 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10132 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10133 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10134
10135 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10136
10137 @smallexample
10138 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10139 @end smallexample
10140
10141 @noindent
10142 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10143 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10144 following algorithm:
10145
10146 @enumerate 1
10147 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10148 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10149
10150 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10151 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10152 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10153 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10154
10155 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10156 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10157 @file{@var{name}}.
10158 @end enumerate
10159
10160 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10161 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10162 the command:
10163
10164 @smallexample
10165 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10166 @end smallexample
10167
10168 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10169 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10170 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10171 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10172
10173 @smallexample
10174 @group
10175 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10176 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10177 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10178 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10179 Finished dry run
10180 @end group
10181 @end smallexample
10182
10183 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10184
10185 @smallexample
10186 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10187 @end smallexample
10188
10189 @noindent
10190 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10191 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10192 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10193 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10194
10195 @smallexample
10196 @group
10197 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10198 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10199 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10200 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10201 Done
10202 @end group
10203 @end smallexample
10204
10205 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10206 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10207 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10208 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10209 use. Continuing our example:
10210
10211 @smallexample
10212 @group
10213 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10214 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10215 Reading extended header file
10216 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10217 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10218 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10219 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10220 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10221 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10222 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10223 Done
10224 @end group
10225 @end smallexample
10226
10227 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10228 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10229 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10230 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10231 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10232 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10233 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10234 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10235 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10236 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10237 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10238 extended headers from the archive?
10239
10240 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10241 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10242 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10243 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10244 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10245 @var{n} is an integer number.
10246
10247 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10248 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10249 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10250
10251 @enumerate 1
10252 @item
10253 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10254 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10255 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10256 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10257
10258 @item
10259 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10260 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10261 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10262 archive we obtain:
10263
10264 @smallexample
10265 @group
10266 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10267 @dots{}
10268 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10269 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10270 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10271 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10272 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10273 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10274 @dots{}
10275 @end group
10276 @end smallexample
10277
10278 @noindent
10279 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10280
10281 @item
10282 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10283 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10284 Compute:
10285
10286 @smallexample
10287 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10288 @end smallexample
10289
10290 @noindent
10291 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10292 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10293 = 7}.
10294
10295 @item
10296 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10297
10298 @smallexample
10299 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10300 @end smallexample
10301
10302 @noindent
10303 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10304 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10305 computed in previous steps.
10306
10307 In our example, this command will be
10308
10309 @smallexample
10310 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10311 @end smallexample
10312 @end enumerate
10313
10314 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10315
10316 @smallexample
10317 @group
10318 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10319 Reading extended header file
10320 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10321 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10322 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10323 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10324 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10325 Done
10326 @end group
10327 @end smallexample
10328
10329 @node cpio
10330 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10331 @UNREVISED
10332
10333 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10334
10335 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10336 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10337 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10338 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10339 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10340 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10341
10342 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10343 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10344 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10345 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10346 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10347 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10348 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10349 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10350
10351 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10352 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10353 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10354 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10355
10356 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10357
10358 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10359 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10360 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10361
10362 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10363 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10364 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10365 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10366 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10367 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10368 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10369 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10370 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10371 make hard links between them.
10372
10373 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10374 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10375 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10376 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10377 of the names.
10378
10379 @quotation
10380 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10381 @end quotation
10382
10383 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10384 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10385 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10386
10387 @quotation
10388 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10389 at the unix scene,
10390 @end quotation
10391
10392 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10393 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10394 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10395 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10396 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10397
10398 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10399 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10400 rest of the files.
10401
10402 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10403
10404 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10405 to start on a record boundary.
10406
10407 @quotation
10408 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10409 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10410 crashed archives at all.)
10411 @end quotation
10412
10413 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10414 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10415 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10416 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10417 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10418 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10419 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10420 archive.
10421
10422 @quotation
10423 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10424 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10425 @end quotation
10426
10427 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10428 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10429 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10430 special files.
10431
10432 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10433 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10434 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10435 backwards compatibility.
10436
10437 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10438 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10439 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10440
10441 @node Media
10442 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10443 @UNREVISED
10444
10445 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10446 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10447
10448 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10449 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10450 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10451 such manipulation easier.
10452
10453 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10454 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10455
10456 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10457 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10458 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10459 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10460
10461 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10462 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10463 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10464 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10465 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10466 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10467
10468 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10469 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10470 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10471 not a good idea.
10472
10473 @menu
10474 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10475 * Remote Tape Server::
10476 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10477 * Blocking:: Blocking
10478 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10479 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10480 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10481 * verify::
10482 * Write Protection::
10483 @end menu
10484
10485 @node Device
10486 @section Device Selection and Switching
10487 @UNREVISED
10488
10489 @table @option
10490 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10491 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10492 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10493 @end table
10494
10495 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10496 works on.
10497
10498 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10499 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10500 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10501 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10502 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10503
10504 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10505 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10506 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10507 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10508 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10509 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10510 @command{rsh}.
10511 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10512 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10513 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10514 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10515 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10516 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10517 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10518 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10519 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10520 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10521
10522 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10523 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10524 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10525 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10526 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10527
10528 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10529 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10530 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10531 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10532 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10533 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10534 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10535 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10536 cartridges or diskettes.
10537
10538 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10539 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10540 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10541 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10542 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10543 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10544 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10545 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10546 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10547 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10548 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10549 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10550
10551 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10552 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10553 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10554 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10555 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10556
10557 @table @option
10558 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10559 @item --force-local
10560 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10561
10562 @opindex rsh-command
10563 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10564 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10565 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10566 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10567
10568 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10569 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10570 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10571 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10572 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10573 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10574
10575 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10576 Specify drive and density.
10577
10578 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10579 @item -M
10580 @itemx --multi-volume
10581 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10582
10583 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10584 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10585 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10586
10587 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10588 @item -L @var{num}
10589 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10590 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10591 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10592 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10593
10594 @float Table, size-suffixes
10595 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10596 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10597 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10598 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10599 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10600 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10601 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10602 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10603 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10604 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10605 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10606 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10607 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10608 @end multitable
10609 @end float
10610
10611 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10612 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10613 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10614
10615 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10616 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10617 @item -F @var{command}
10618 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10619 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10620 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10621 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10622 description of this option.
10623 @end table
10624
10625 @node Remote Tape Server
10626 @section Remote Tape Server
10627
10628 @cindex remote tape drive
10629 @pindex rmt
10630 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10631 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10632 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10633 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10634 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10635 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10636 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10637
10638 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10639 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10640 installed by default.
10641
10642 @cindex absolute file names
10643 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10644 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10645 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10646 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10647 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10648 message telling you what it is doing.
10649
10650 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10651 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10652 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10653 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10654 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10655 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10656 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10657 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10658 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10659 backup tapes.
10660
10661 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10662 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10663 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10664 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10665 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10666 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10667 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10668
10669 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10670 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10671 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10672 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10673 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10674 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10675
10676 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10677 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10678 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10679 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10680 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10681 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10682
10683 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10684 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10685 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10686 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10687 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10688
10689 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10690 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10691
10692 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10693 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10694 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10695 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10696 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10697 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10698 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10699 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10700
10701 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10702 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10703
10704 @ifclear PUBLISH
10705
10706 @format
10707 errors from system:
10708 permission denied
10709 no such file or directory
10710 not owner
10711
10712 errors from @command{tar}:
10713 directory checksum error
10714 header format error
10715
10716 errors from media/system:
10717 i/o error
10718 device busy
10719 @end format
10720
10721 @end ifclear
10722
10723 @node Blocking
10724 @section Blocking
10725 @cindex block
10726 @cindex record
10727
10728 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10729 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10730 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10731 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10732 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10733
10734 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10735 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10736
10737 @quotation
10738 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10739 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10740 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10741 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10742 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10743 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10744 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10745 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10746 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10747 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10748
10749 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10750 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10751 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10752 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10753 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10754 into the source code too.
10755 @end quotation
10756
10757 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10758 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10759 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10760 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10761 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10762 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10763 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10764 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10765 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10766 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10767 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10768 in @GNUTAR{}.
10769
10770 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10771 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10772 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10773 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10774 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10775 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10776 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10777 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10778 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10779 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10780 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10781 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10782 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10783 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10784 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10785
10786 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10787 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10788 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10789 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10790 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10791 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10792 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10793 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10794 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10795
10796 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10797 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10798 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10799 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10800 honor blocking.
10801
10802 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10803 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10804 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10805 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10806 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10807 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10808 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
10809 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
10810 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
10811 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
10812 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
10813 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
10814 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
10815 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
10816 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10817 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10818 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10819 correctly.
10820
10821 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10822 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10823 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10824 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10825 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10826
10827 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10828 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10829 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10830 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10831 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10832 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10833 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10834 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10835 around one megabyte.
10836
10837 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10838 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10839 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10840 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10841 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10842 device.
10843
10844 @menu
10845 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10846 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10847 @end menu
10848
10849 @node Format Variations
10850 @subsection Format Variations
10851 @cindex Format Parameters
10852 @cindex Format Options
10853 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10854 @cindex Options, format specifying
10855 @UNREVISED
10856
10857 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10858 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10859 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10860 store the archive.
10861
10862 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10863 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10864 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10865 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10866 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10867 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10868 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10869 examples of format parameter considerations.
10870
10871 @node Blocking Factor
10872 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10873 @cindex Blocking Factor
10874 @cindex Record Size
10875 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10876 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10877 @cindex Bytes per record
10878 @cindex Blocks per record
10879 @UNREVISED
10880
10881 @opindex blocking-factor
10882 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10883 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10884 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10885 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10886 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10887 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10888 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10889 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10890 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10891 This may not work on some devices.
10892
10893 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10894 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10895 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10896 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10897 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10898 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10899 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10900 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10901 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10902 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10903 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10904 writing archives.
10905
10906 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10907
10908 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10909 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10910 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10911 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10912 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10913 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10914
10915 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10916 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10917 example, this has been reported:
10918
10919 @smallexample
10920 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10921 @end smallexample
10922
10923 @noindent
10924 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10925 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10926 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10927 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10928 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10929 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10930 for example, might resolve the problem.
10931
10932 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10933 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10934 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10935 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10936 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10937 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10938 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10939 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10940 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10941 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10942 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
10943 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10944 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10945
10946 @table @option
10947 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10948 @itemx -b @var{number}
10949 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10950 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10951 @end table
10952
10953 Device blocking
10954
10955 @table @option
10956 @item -b @var{blocks}
10957 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10958 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
10959
10960 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10961 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10962 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10963 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10964 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10965 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10966
10967 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10968 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10969 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10970 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10971
10972 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10973 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10974 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10975 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10976 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10977
10978 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10979 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10980 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10981 updating the archive.
10982
10983 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10984 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10985 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10986 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10987
10988 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10989 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10990 the amount of available virtual memory.
10991
10992 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10993 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10994 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10995 @itemize @bullet
10996 @item
10997 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10998 @item
10999 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
11000 redirected nor piped,
11001 @item
11002 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
11003 device,
11004 @item
11005 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
11006 invocation.
11007 @end itemize
11008
11009 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
11010 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
11011 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
11012 topic:
11013
11014 @itemize @bullet
11015
11016 @item
11017 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
11018 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11019 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11020 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11021 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11022 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11023
11024 @item
11025 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11026 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11027 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11028 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11029 ignored.
11030
11031 @item
11032 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11033 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11034 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11035 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11036 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11037 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11038 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11039
11040 @item
11041 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11042 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11043 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11044 @end itemize
11045
11046 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11047 @item -i
11048 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11049 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11050
11051 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11052 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11053 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11054 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11055 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11056 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11057 the zeroed blocks.
11058
11059 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11060 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11061 are stored on a single physical tape.
11062
11063 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11064 @item -B
11065 @itemx --read-full-records
11066 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11067
11068 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11069 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11070 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11071 until it has obtained a full
11072 record.
11073
11074 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11075 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11076 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11077 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11078 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11079 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11080
11081 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11082
11083 @end table
11084
11085 Tape blocking
11086
11087 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11088
11089 @cindex blocking factor
11090 @cindex tape blocking
11091
11092 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11093 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11094 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11095 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11096 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11097 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11098 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11099 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11100 tape motion without losing information.
11101
11102 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11103 @cindex DAT blocking
11104 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11105 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11106 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11107 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11108 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11109 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11110 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11111 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11112 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11113 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11114 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11115 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11116 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11117 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11118 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11119 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11120
11121 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11122 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11123 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11124 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11125
11126 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11127 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11128 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11129
11130 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11131 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11132 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11133
11134 @node Many
11135 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11136
11137 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11138
11139 @findex ntape @r{device}
11140 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11141 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11142 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11143 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11144 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11145 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11146 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11147 device.
11148
11149 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11150 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11151 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11152 means that a simple:
11153
11154 @smallexample
11155 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11156 @end smallexample
11157
11158 @noindent
11159 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11160 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11161 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11162 just been saved.
11163
11164 @cindex tape positioning
11165 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11166 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11167 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11168 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11169 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11170 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11171 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11172 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11173 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11174 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11175 recovered.
11176
11177 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11178 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11179
11180 @smallexample
11181 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11182 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11183 @end smallexample
11184
11185 @cindex tape marks
11186 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11187 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11188 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11189 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11190 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11191 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11192 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11193 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11194 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11195 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11196 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11197
11198 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11199 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11200
11201 @smallexample
11202 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11203 @end smallexample
11204
11205 @noindent
11206 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11207
11208 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11209 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11210 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11211 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11212 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11213 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11214 these commands:
11215
11216 @smallexample
11217 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11218 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11219 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11220 @end smallexample
11221
11222 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11223 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11224
11225 @menu
11226 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11227 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11228 @end menu
11229
11230 @node Tape Positioning
11231 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11232 @UNREVISED
11233
11234 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11235 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11236 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11237 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11238 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11239 two at the end of all the file entries.
11240
11241 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11242 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11243
11244 @smallexample
11245 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11246 @end smallexample
11247
11248 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11249 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11250 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11251 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11252 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11253 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11254 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11255 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11256 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11257 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11258 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11259 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11260
11261 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11262 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11263 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11264 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11265 following:
11266
11267 @smallexample
11268 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11269 @end smallexample
11270
11271 @node mt
11272 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11273 @UNREVISED
11274
11275 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11276 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11277 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11278
11279 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11280 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11281 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11282 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11283 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11284 together"?}
11285
11286 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11287
11288 @smallexample
11289 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11290 @end smallexample
11291
11292 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11293 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11294 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11295
11296 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11297
11298 @table @option
11299 @item eof
11300 @itemx weof
11301 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11302
11303 @item fsf
11304 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11305
11306 @item bsf
11307 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11308
11309 @item rewind
11310 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11311
11312 @item offline
11313 @itemx rewoff1
11314 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11315
11316 @item status
11317 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11318
11319 @end table
11320
11321 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11322 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11323 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11324 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11325 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11326
11327 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11328 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11329 failed.
11330
11331 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11332 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11333
11334 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11335 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11336 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11337 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11338 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11339 multi-volume archives.
11340
11341 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11342 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11343 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11344 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11345 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11346 even be located on files.
11347
11348 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11349 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11350 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11351 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11352 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11353 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11354 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11355
11356 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11357 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11358 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11359 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11360 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11361
11362 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11363 they cannot be compressed.
11364
11365 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11366 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11367
11368 @menu
11369 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11370 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11371 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11372
11373 @end menu
11374
11375 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11376 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11377 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11378
11379 @opindex multi-volume
11380 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11381 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11382 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11383 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11384 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11385 than one tape or file.
11386
11387 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11388 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11389 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11390 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11391 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11392 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11393
11394 @table @option
11395 @item --multi-volume
11396 @itemx -M
11397 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11398 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11399 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11400 operation.
11401 For example:
11402
11403 @smallexample
11404 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11405 @end smallexample
11406 @end table
11407
11408 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11409 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11410 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11411 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11412 tape:
11413
11414 @anchor{tape-length}
11415 @table @option
11416 @opindex tape-length
11417 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11418 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11419 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11420 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11421 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11422 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11423 assumed.
11424
11425 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11426
11427 @smallexample
11428 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11429 @end smallexample
11430
11431 @noindent
11432 or, which is equivalent:
11433
11434 @smallexample
11435 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11436 @end smallexample
11437 @end table
11438
11439 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11440 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11441 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11442 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11443 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11444
11445 @smallexample
11446 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11447 @end smallexample
11448
11449 @noindent
11450 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11451 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11452
11453 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11454 responses:
11455
11456 @table @kbd
11457 @item ?
11458 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11459 @item q
11460 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11461 @item n @var{file-name}
11462 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11463 @item !
11464 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11465 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11466 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11467 this option.}.
11468 @item y
11469 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11470 @end table
11471
11472 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11473 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11474
11475 @cindex Volume number file
11476 @cindex volno file
11477 @anchor{volno-file}
11478 @opindex volno-file
11479 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11480 can be changed; if you give the
11481 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11482 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11483 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11484 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11485 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11486 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11487 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11488 the number used in the prompt.)
11489
11490 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11491 @cindex Info script
11492 @anchor{info-script}
11493 @opindex info-script
11494 @opindex new-volume-script
11495 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11496 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11497 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11498 prompting procedure:
11499
11500 @table @option
11501 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11502 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11503 @itemx -F @var{command}
11504 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11505 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11506 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11507 backups.
11508 @end table
11509
11510 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11511 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11512 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11513 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11514 via the following environment variables:
11515
11516 @table @env
11517 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11518 @item TAR_VERSION
11519 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11520
11521 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11522 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11523 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11524
11525 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11526 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11527 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11528
11529 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11530 @item TAR_VOLUME
11531 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11532
11533 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11534 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11535 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11536 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11537
11538 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11539 @item TAR_FORMAT
11540 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11541 list of archive format names.
11542
11543 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11544 @item TAR_FD
11545 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11546 name to @command{tar}.
11547 @end table
11548
11549 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11550 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11551 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11552
11553 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11554 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11555
11556 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11557 writing the next volume.
11558
11559 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11560 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11561 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11562 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11563 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11564 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11565 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11566 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11567 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11568 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11569
11570 @smallexample
11571 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11572 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11573 @end smallexample
11574
11575 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11576 prompt.
11577
11578 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11579 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11580 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11581 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11582 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11583 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11584
11585 @smallexample
11586 @group
11587 #! /bin/bash
11588 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11589 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11590
11591 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11592
11593 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11594 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11595 -c) ;;
11596 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11597 ;;
11598 *) exit 1
11599 esac
11600
11601 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11602 @end group
11603 @end smallexample
11604
11605 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11606 from the created archive. For example:
11607
11608 @smallexample
11609 @group
11610 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11611 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11612 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11613 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11614 @end group
11615 @end smallexample
11616
11617 @noindent
11618 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11619 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11620 @file{archive.tar}.
11621
11622 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11623 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11624 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11625 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11626 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11627 @option{--multi-volume}.
11628
11629 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11630 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11631 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11632 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11633 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11634 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11635 information about extracting archives.
11636
11637 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11638 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11639 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11640 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11641
11642 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11643 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11644 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11645 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11646 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11647 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11648
11649 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11650 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11651 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11652 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11653
11654 @node Tape Files
11655 @subsection Tape Files
11656 @cindex labeling archives
11657 @opindex label
11658 @UNREVISED
11659
11660 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11661 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11662 option. This will write a special block identifying
11663 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11664 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11665 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11666 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11667 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11668 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11669 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11670 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11671 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11672
11673 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11674 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11675 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11676 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11677 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11678 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11679 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11680
11681 People seem to often do:
11682
11683 @smallexample
11684 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11685 @end smallexample
11686
11687 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11688
11689 @node Tarcat
11690 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11691
11692 @pindex tarcat
11693 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11694 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11695 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11696 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11697 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11698
11699 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11700 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11701
11702 @smallexample
11703 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11704 @end smallexample
11705
11706 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11707 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11708 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11709 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11710 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11711 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11712
11713 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11714
11715 @node label
11716 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11717 @cindex Labeling an archive
11718 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11719 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11720
11721 @opindex label
11722 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11723 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11724 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11725 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11726 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11727 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11728 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11729 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11730
11731 @table @option
11732 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11733 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11734 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11735 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11736 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11737 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11738 operation).
11739 @end table
11740
11741 If you create an archive using both
11742 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11743 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11744 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11745 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11746 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11747 creating multiple volume archives.
11748
11749 @cindex Volume label, listing
11750 @cindex Listing volume label
11751 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11752 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11753 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11754
11755 @smallexample
11756 @group
11757 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11758 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11759 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11760 @end group
11761 @end smallexample
11762
11763 @opindex test-label
11764 @anchor{--test-label option}
11765 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11766 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11767 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11768 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11769 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11770 devices. For example:
11771
11772 @smallexample
11773 @group
11774 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11775 iamalabel
11776 @end group
11777 @end smallexample
11778
11779 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11780 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11781 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11782 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11783 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11784 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11785 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11786
11787 @smallexample
11788 @group
11789 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11790 @result{} 0
11791 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11792 @result{} 1
11793 @end group
11794 @end smallexample
11795
11796 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11797 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11798 case of a mismatch:
11799
11800 @smallexample
11801 @group
11802 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11803 iamalabel
11804 @result{} 0
11805 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11806 iamalabel
11807 tar: Archive label mismatch
11808 @result{} 1
11809 @end group
11810 @end smallexample
11811
11812 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11813 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11814 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11815 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11816 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11817 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11818 you will get:
11819
11820 @smallexample
11821 @group
11822 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11823 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11824 @end group
11825 @end smallexample
11826
11827 @noindent
11828 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11829 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11830
11831 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11832 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11833 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11834 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11835 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11836 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11837 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11838 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11839 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11840 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11841 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11842 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11843 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11844 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11845 of it when the archive is being read.
11846
11847 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11848 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11849 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11850 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11851
11852 @smallexample
11853 @group
11854 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11855 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11856 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11857 @end group
11858 @end smallexample
11859
11860 Some more notes about volume labels:
11861
11862 @itemize @bullet
11863 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11864 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11865 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11866 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11867
11868 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11869 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11870 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11871 usually not the case.
11872 @end itemize
11873
11874 @node verify
11875 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11876 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11877 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11878
11879 @table @option
11880 @item -W
11881 @itemx --verify
11882 @opindex verify, short description
11883 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11884 @end table
11885
11886 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11887 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11888 are recorded on the standard error output.
11889
11890 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11891 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11892 cannot be verified.
11893
11894 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11895 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11896 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11897 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11898 it is up to date.
11899
11900 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11901 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11902 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11903 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11904 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11905 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11906 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11907
11908 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11909 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11910 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11911 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11912
11913 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11914 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11915 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11916 @xref{compare}.
11917
11918 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11919 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11920 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11921 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11922 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11923 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11924 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11925 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11926 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11927 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11928 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11929 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11930
11931 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11932 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11933 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11934 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11935 as long as programming is concerned.
11936
11937 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11938 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11939 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11940 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11941 information on these operations.
11942
11943 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11944 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11945 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11946 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11947 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11948
11949 @node Write Protection
11950 @section Write Protection
11951
11952 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11953 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11954 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11955 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11956 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11957 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
11958
11959 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11960 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11961 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11962 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11963 changeable feature.
11964
11965 @node Reliability and security
11966 @chapter Reliability and Security
11967
11968 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
11969 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
11970 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
11971 advice on the topic.
11972
11973 @menu
11974 * Reliability::
11975 * Security::
11976 @end menu
11977
11978 @node Reliability
11979 @section Reliability
11980
11981 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
11982 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
11983 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
11984 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
11985 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
11986 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
11987 archive.
11988
11989 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
11990 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
11991 data, and race conditions.
11992
11993 @menu
11994 * Permissions problems::
11995 * Data corruption and repair::
11996 * Race conditions::
11997 @end menu
11998
11999 @node Permissions problems
12000 @subsection Permissions Problems
12001
12002 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
12003 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
12004 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
12005 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
12006 file into the archive.
12007
12008 @node Data corruption and repair
12009 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
12010
12011 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
12012 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
12013 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
12014 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
12015 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
12016
12017 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
12018 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12019 @command{cksum}.
12020
12021 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12022 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12023 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12024 format and in other software tools.
12025
12026 @node Race conditions
12027 @subsection Race conditions
12028
12029 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12030 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12031 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12032 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12033 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12034 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12035 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12036 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12037 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12038 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12039 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12040 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12041 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12042
12043 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12044 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12045 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12046 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12047 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12048 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12049 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12050 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12051 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12052 then mount it read-only.
12053
12054 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12055 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12056 extract into that.
12057
12058 @node Security
12059 @section Security
12060
12061 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12062 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12063 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12064 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12065 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12066 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12067 race condition.
12068
12069 @menu
12070 * Privacy::
12071 * Integrity::
12072 * Live untrusted data::
12073 * Security rules of thumb::
12074 @end menu
12075
12076 @node Privacy
12077 @subsection Privacy
12078
12079 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12080 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12081 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12082 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12083 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12084 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12085 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12086 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12087 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12088 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12089 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12090
12091 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12092 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12093 all the files in your home directory.
12094
12095 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12096 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12097 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12098 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12099
12100 @node Integrity
12101 @subsection Integrity
12102
12103 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12104 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12105 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12106
12107 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12108 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12109 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12110 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12111 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12112 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12113 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12114 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12115
12116 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12117 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12118 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12119 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12120 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12121 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12122 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12123 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12124 directory.
12125
12126 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12127 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12128 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12129 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12130 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12131 for trusted archives.
12132
12133 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12134 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12135 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12136 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12137 latter just silently ignores them.
12138
12139 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12140 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12141 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12142 archives.
12143
12144 @node Live untrusted data
12145 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12146
12147 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12148 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12149 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12150 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12151 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12152
12153 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12154 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12155 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12156 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12157 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12158 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12159 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12160 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12161 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12162 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12163
12164 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12165 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12166 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12167 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12168 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12169 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12170 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12171 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12172 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12173 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12174 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12175
12176 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12177 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12178 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12179 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12180 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12181 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12182 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12183 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12184 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12185
12186 @node Security rules of thumb
12187 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12188
12189 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12190 pitfalls.
12191
12192 @itemize @bullet
12193
12194 @item
12195 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12196 being archived.
12197
12198 @item
12199 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12200 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12201 trusted users. For example:
12202
12203 @example
12204 @group
12205 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12206 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12207 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12208 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12209 @end group
12210 @end example
12211
12212 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12213
12214 @item
12215 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12216 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12217
12218 @item
12219 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12220 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12221 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12222 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12223
12224 @item
12225 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12226
12227 @item
12228 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12229 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12230
12231 @item
12232 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12233 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12234 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12235 understand their security implications.
12236
12237 @end itemize
12238
12239 @node Changes
12240 @appendix Changes
12241
12242 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12243 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12244 version of this document is available at
12245 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12246 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12247
12248 @table @asis
12249 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12250
12251 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12252 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12253
12254 @smallexample
12255 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12256 @end smallexample
12257
12258 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12259 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12260 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12261 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12262 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12263 named @file{*.c}.
12264
12265 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12266 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12267 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12268 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12269
12270 @smallexample
12271 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12272 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12273 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12274 tar: suppress this warning.
12275 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12276 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12277 @end smallexample
12278
12279 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12280 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12281 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12282
12283 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12284 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12285
12286 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12287
12288 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12289 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12290
12291 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12292 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12293 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12294
12295 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12296 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12297 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12298
12299 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12300 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12301 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12302 of this issue and its implications.
12303
12304 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12305 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12306 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12307
12308 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12309 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12310
12311 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12312
12313 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12314 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12315 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12316 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12317 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12318 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12319 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12320
12321 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12322
12323 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12324
12325 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12326
12327 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12328 @end table
12329
12330 @node Configuring Help Summary
12331 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12332
12333 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12334 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12335 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12336 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12337 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12338 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12339 --help} output:
12340
12341 @verbatim
12342 Main operation mode:
12343
12344 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12345 -c, --create create a new archive
12346 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12347 file system
12348 --delete delete from the archive
12349 @end verbatim
12350
12351 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12352 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12353 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12354 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12355 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12356 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12357 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12358 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12359 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12360
12361 @table @asis
12362 @item Offset assignment
12363
12364 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12365
12366 @smallexample
12367 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12368 @end smallexample
12369
12370 @noindent
12371 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12372 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12373
12374 @item Boolean assignment
12375
12376 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12377 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12378 example:
12379
12380 @smallexample
12381 @group
12382 # Assign @code{true} value:
12383 dup-args
12384 # Assign @code{false} value:
12385 no-dup-args
12386 @end group
12387 @end smallexample
12388 @end table
12389
12390 Following variables are declared:
12391
12392 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12393 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12394 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12395
12396 @smallexample
12397 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12398 @end smallexample
12399
12400 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12401 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12402
12403 @smallexample
12404 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12405 @end smallexample
12406
12407 @noindent
12408 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12409 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12410 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12411
12412 The default is false.
12413 @end deftypevr
12414
12415 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12416 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12417 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12418
12419 @quotation
12420 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12421 optional for any corresponding short options.
12422 @end quotation
12423
12424 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12425 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12426 @end deftypevr
12427
12428 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12429 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12430
12431 @smallexample
12432 @group
12433 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12434 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12435 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12436 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12437 @end group
12438 @end smallexample
12439 @end deftypevr
12440
12441 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12442 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12443
12444 @smallexample
12445 @group
12446 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12447 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12448 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12449 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12450 @end group
12451 @end smallexample
12452 @end deftypevr
12453
12454 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12455 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12456 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12457 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12458 the description of @option{--format} option:
12459
12460 @smallexample
12461 @group
12462 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12463
12464 FORMAT is one of the following:
12465
12466 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12467 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12468 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12469 posix same as pax
12470 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12471 v7 old V7 tar format
12472 @end group
12473 @end smallexample
12474
12475 @noindent
12476 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12477 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12478 will look as follows:
12479
12480 @smallexample
12481 @group
12482 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12483
12484 FORMAT is one of the following:
12485
12486 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12487 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12488 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12489 posix same as pax
12490 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12491 v7 old V7 tar format
12492 @end group
12493 @end smallexample
12494 @end deftypevr
12495
12496 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12497 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12498
12499 @smallexample
12500 @group
12501 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12502 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12503 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12504 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12505 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12506 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12507 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12508 @end group
12509 @end smallexample
12510
12511 @noindent
12512 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12513 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12514 @end deftypevr
12515
12516 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12517 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12518 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12519 following text:
12520
12521 @verbatim
12522 Main operation mode:
12523
12524 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12525 an archive
12526 -c, --create create a new archive
12527 @end verbatim
12528 @noindent
12529 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12530
12531 The default value is 1.
12532 @end deftypevr
12533
12534 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12535 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12536 output. Default is 12.
12537 @end deftypevr
12538
12539 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12540 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12541 @end deftypevr
12542
12543 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12544 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12545 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12546
12547 @node Tar Internals
12548 @appendix Tar Internals
12549 @include intern.texi
12550
12551 @node Genfile
12552 @appendix Genfile
12553 @include genfile.texi
12554
12555 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12556 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12557 @include freemanuals.texi
12558
12559 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12560 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12561
12562 @include fdl.texi
12563
12564 @node Index of Command Line Options
12565 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12566
12567 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12568 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12569 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12570 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12571
12572 @printindex op
12573
12574 @node Index
12575 @appendix Index
12576
12577 @printindex cp
12578
12579 @summarycontents
12580 @contents
12581 @bye
12582
12583 @c Local variables:
12584 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12585 @c End:
This page took 0.58558 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.